WO2009077366A1 - Triazole-substituted arylamide derivatives and their use as p2x3 and /or p2x2/3 purinergic receptor antagonists - Google Patents

Triazole-substituted arylamide derivatives and their use as p2x3 and /or p2x2/3 purinergic receptor antagonists Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2009077366A1
WO2009077366A1 PCT/EP2008/066987 EP2008066987W WO2009077366A1 WO 2009077366 A1 WO2009077366 A1 WO 2009077366A1 EP 2008066987 W EP2008066987 W EP 2008066987W WO 2009077366 A1 WO2009077366 A1 WO 2009077366A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
methyl
alkyl
formula
pyridin
ethyl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/EP2008/066987
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Li Chen
Michael Patrick Dillon
Lichun Feng
Ronald Charles Hawley
Minmin Yang
Original Assignee
F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to AU2008337660A priority Critical patent/AU2008337660B2/en
Application filed by F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag filed Critical F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag
Priority to BRPI0821266A priority patent/BRPI0821266B8/en
Priority to ES08861017.5T priority patent/ES2541662T3/en
Priority to KR1020107013245A priority patent/KR101284510B1/en
Priority to CA2707422A priority patent/CA2707422C/en
Priority to BR122018070508A priority patent/BR122018070508B8/en
Priority to CN2008801209500A priority patent/CN101903359B/en
Priority to KR1020137005619A priority patent/KR101405746B1/en
Priority to JP2010538559A priority patent/JP5318883B2/en
Priority to EP20080861017 priority patent/EP2225213B1/en
Priority to MX2010006230A priority patent/MX2010006230A/en
Publication of WO2009077366A1 publication Critical patent/WO2009077366A1/en
Priority to IL205608A priority patent/IL205608A/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/4192—1,2,3-Triazoles
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/02—Stomatological preparations, e.g. drugs for caries, aphtae, periodontitis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/08—Bronchodilators
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/02—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of urine or of the urinary tract, e.g. urine acidifiers
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/08—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the prostate
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/10—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the bladder
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/08—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for gonadal disorders or for enhancing fertility, e.g. inducers of ovulation or of spermatogenesis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/04—Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/06—Antimigraine agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P33/00—Antiparasitic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06—Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P39/00—General protective or antinoxious agents
    • A61P39/02—Antidotes
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D249/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D249/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
    • C07D249/04—1,2,3-Triazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,3-triazoles
    • C07D249/06—1,2,3-Triazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,3-triazoles with aryl radicals directly attached to ring atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings

Definitions

  • This invention pertains to compounds useful for treatment of diseases associated with P2X purin- ergic receptors, and more particularly to P2X3 and/or P2X 2 / 3 antagonists usable for treatment of genitourinary, pain, inflammatory, gastrointestinal and respiratory diseases, conditions and disorders.
  • the urinary bladder is responsible for two important physiological functions: urine storage and urine emptying. This process involves two main steps: (1) the bladder fills progressively until the tension in its walls rises above a threshold level; and (2) a nervous reflex, called the micturition reflex, occurs that empties the bladder or, if this fails, at least causes a conscious desire to urinate.
  • the micturition reflex is an autonomic spinal cord reflex, it can also be inhibited or mediated by centers in the cerebral cortex or brain.
  • ATP ATP receptors
  • P2Y- and P2X-purinoreceptors are G-protein coupled receptors
  • P2X-purinoreceptors are a family of ATP-gated cation channels.
  • Purinergic receptors in particular, P2X receptors
  • P2X receptors are known to form homomultimers or heteromultimers.
  • cDNAs for several P2X receptors subtypes have been cloned, in- eluding: six homomeric receptors, P2Xi; P2X 2 ; P2X 3 ; P2X 4 ; P2X 5 ; and P2X 7 ; and three hetero- meric receptors P2X 2/3 , P2X 4/6 , P2Xi/ 5 (See, e.g., Chen et al. (1995) Nature 377:428-431; Lewis et al. (1995) Nature 377:432-435; and Burnstock (1997) Neurophamacol.
  • ATP released in this manner may serve a role in conveying information to sensory neurons located in subepithelial components, e.g., suburothelial lamina intestinal (Namasivayam, et al. (1999) BJU Intl. 84:854-860).
  • the P2X receptors have been studied in a number of neurons, including sensory, sympathetic, parasympathetic, mesenteric, and central neurons (Zhong, et al. (1998) Br. J. Pharmacol. 125:771-781). These studies indicate that purinergic receptors play a role in afferent neurotransmission from the bladder, and that modulators of P2X receptors are potentially useful in the treatment of bladder disorders and other genitourinary diseases or conditions.
  • ATP released from damaged cells may thus lead to pain by activating P2X 3 and/or P2X2/3 containing receptors on nociceptive sensory nerve endings. This is consistent with the induction of pain by intradermally applied ATP in the human blister-base model (Bleehen, Br J Pharmacol 62:573-577 (1978)).
  • P2X antagonists have been shown to be analgesic in animal models (Driessen and Starke, Naunyn Schmiedebergs Arch Pharmacol 350:618-625 (1994)). This evidence suggests that P2X 2 and P2X 3 are involved in nociception, and that modulators of P2X receptors are potentially useful as analgesics.
  • P2X 3 receptors are expressed in human colon, and are expressed at higher levels in inflamed colon than in normal colon (Yiangou et al, Neurogastro- enterol Mot (2001) 13:365-69).
  • Other researchers have implicated the P2X 3 receptor in detection of distension or intraluminal pressure in the intestine, and initiation of reflex contractions (Bian et al., J Physiol (2003) 551.1 :309-22), and have linked this to colitis (Wynn et al., Am J Physiol Gastrointest Liver Physiol (2004) 287:G647-57).
  • the invention provides compounds of the formula I:
  • R 1 is optionally substituted triazo IyI;
  • R 2 is optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted pyridinyl, optionally substituted pyrimidinyl, optionally substituted pyridazinyl or optionally substituted thiophenyl;
  • R 3 is hydrogen; Ci_ 6 alkyl; hetero-Ci_ 6 alkyl; or cyano;
  • R 4 is hydrogen; Ci_ 6 alkyl; or hetero-Ci_ 6 alkyl; or R 3 and R 4 together with the atom to which they are attached may form a C3_6 carbocyclic ring;
  • R 5 is Ci_6alkyl; hetero-Ci_6alkyl; halo-Ci_6alkyl; N-Ci_6alkylamino; N,N-di-(Ci_6alkyl)-amino;
  • R a and R b each independently is hydrogen; or Ci_ 6 alkyl; and R 8 is hydrogen; Ci_ 6 alkyl; hetero-Ci_ 6 alkyl; C 3 - 7 cycloalkyl; aryl; heteroaryl; heterocyclyl; C 3 - 7 cycloalkyl-
  • Ci_ 6 alkyl; and R 10 is hydrogen; Ci_ 6 alkyl; hetero-Ci_ 6 alkyl; C 3 _ 7 Cycloalkyl; aryl; heteroaryl; heterocyclyl; C 3 _ 7 cycloalkyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl; aryl-Ci_ 6 alkyl; heteroaryl-Ci_ 6 alkyl; or heterocyclyl-
  • Ci_ 6 alkyl; or R 4 and R 5 together with the atom to which they are attached may form a C3_6 carbocyclic ring that is optionally substituted with hydroxy; or R 4 and R 5 together with the atom to which they are attached may form a C 4-6 heterocyclic ring containing one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, N and S; or R 3 , R 4 and R 5 together with the atom to which they are attached may form a six-membered heteroaryl containing one or two nitrogen atoms, and which is optionally substituted with halo, amino or Ci_6alkyl; and
  • R 6 , R 7 and R 8 each independently is hydrogen; Ci_ 6 alkyl; Ci_ 6 alkyloxy; halo; Ci- ⁇ haloalkyl; or cyano.
  • the invention also provides and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds, methods of using the compounds, and methods of preparing the compounds.
  • Antagonist refers to a compound that enhances the activity of another compound or receptor site.
  • Alkyl means the monovalent linear or branched saturated hydrocarbon moiety, consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, having from one to twelve carbon atoms.
  • “Lower alkyl” refers to an alkyl group of one to six carbon atoms, i.e. Ci-C ⁇ alkyl. Examples of alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, n-hexyl, octyl, dodecyl, and the like.
  • Alkenyl means a linear monovalent hydrocarbon radical of two to six carbon atoms or a branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical of three to six carbon atoms, containing at least one double bond, e.g., ethenyl, propenyl, and the like.
  • Alkynyl means a linear monovalent hydrocarbon radical of two to six carbon atoms or a branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical of three to six carbon atoms, containing at least one triple bond, e.g., ethynyl, propynyl, and the like.
  • Alkylene means a linear saturated divalent hydrocarbon radical of one to six carbon atoms or a branched saturated divalent hydrocarbon radical of three to six carbon atoms, e.g., methylene, ethylene, 2,2-dimethylethylene, propylene, 2-methylpropylene, butylene, pentylene, and the like.
  • Alkoxy and alkyloxy which may be used interchangeably, mean a moiety of the formula -OR, wherein R is an alkyl moiety as defined herein. Examples of alkoxy moieties include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, and the like.
  • Alkoxyalkyl means a moiety of the formula R a -O-R b -, where R a is alkyl and R b is alkylene as defined herein.
  • exemplary alkoxyalkyl groups include, by way of example, 2-methoxyethyl, 3-methoxypropyl, l-methyl-2-methoxyethyl, l-(2-methoxyethyl)-3-methoxypropyl, and l-(2- methoxyethyl)-3 -methoxypropyl.
  • Alkylcarbonyl means a moiety of the formula -R'-R", where R' is oxo and R" is alkyl as defined herein.
  • Alkylsulfonyl means a moiety of the formula -R'-R", where R' is -SO 2 - and R" is alkyl as defined herein.
  • Alkylsulfonylalkyl means a moiety of the formula -R'-R"-R'" where where R' is alkylene, R" is -SO 2 - and R" is alkyl as defined herein.
  • Amino means a moiety of the formula -NRR' wherein R and R' each independently is hyrdogen or alkyl as defined herein. "Amino thus includes “alkylamino (where one of R and R' is alkyl and the other is hydrogen) and “dialkylamino (where R and R' are both alkyl.
  • Alkoxyamino means a moiety of the formula -NR-OR wherein R is hydrogen or alkyl and R' is alkyl as defined herein.
  • Alkylsulfanyl means a moiety of the formula -SR wherein R is alkyl as defined herein.
  • Aminoalkyl means a group -R-R wherein R' is amino and R is alkylene as defined herein.
  • Aminoalkyl includes aminomethyl, aminoethyl, 1-aminopropyl, 2-aminopropyl, and the like. The amino moiety of “aminoalkyl” may be substituted once or twice with alkyl to provide “alkyl- aminoalkyl” and “dialkylaminoalkyl” respectively.
  • Alkylaminoalkyl includes methylamino- methyl, methylamino ethyl, methylaminopropyl, ethylamino ethyl and the like.
  • Dialkylamino- alkyl includes dimethylaminomethyl, dimethylamino ethyl, dimethylaminopropyl, N-methyl-N- ethylamino ethyl, and the like.
  • Aminoalkoxy means a group -OR-R wherein R' is amino and R is alkylene as defined herein.
  • Alkylsulfonylamido means a moiety of the formula -NRZSO 2 -R wherein R is alkyl and R is hydrogen or alkyl.
  • Aminocarbonyloxyalkyl or “carbamylalkyl” means a group of the formula -R-O-C(O)-NRR" wherein R is alkylene and R', R" each independently is hydrogen or alkyl as defined herein.
  • Alkynylalkoxy means a group of the formula -0-R-R wherein R is alkylene and R' is alkynyl as defined herein.
  • Antagonist refers to a compound that diminishes or prevents the action of another compound or receptor site.
  • Aryl means a monovalent cyclic aromatic hydrocarbon moiety consisting of a mono-, bi- or tricyclic aromatic ring.
  • the aryl group can be optionally substituted as defined herein.
  • aryl moieties include, but are not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, indenyl, pentalenyl, azulenyl, oxydiphenyl, biphenyl, methylenediphenyl, amino di- phenyl, diphenylsulf ⁇ dyl, diphenylsulfonyl, diphenylisopropylidenyl, benzodioxanyl, benzo- furanyl, benzodioxylyl, benzopyranyl, benzoxazinyl, benzoxazinonyl, benzopiperadinyl, benzo- piperazinyl, benzopyrrolidinyl, benzomorpholinyl,
  • Arylsulfonyl means a group of the formula -SO 2 -R wherein R is aryl as defined herein.
  • Aryloxy means a group of the formula -O-R wherein R is aryl as defined herein.
  • Alkyloxy means a group of the formula -0-R-R" wherein R is alkylene and R' is aryl as defined herein.
  • Cyanoalkyl means a moiety of the formula -R'-R", where R' is alkylene as defined herein and R" is cyano or nitrile.
  • Cycloalkyl means a monovalent saturated carbocyclic moiety consisting of mono- or bicyclic rings. Cycloalkyl can optionally be substituted with one or more substituents, wherein each sub- stituent is independently hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, amino, mono alky lamino, or di- alkylamino, unless otherwise specifically indicated. Examples of cycloalkyl moieties include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and the like, including partially unsaturated derivatives thereof.
  • Cycloalkylalkyl means a moiety of the formula -R'-R", where R' is alkylene and R" is cycloalkyl as defined herein.
  • Heteroalkyl means an alkyl radical as defined herein wherein one, two or three hydrogen atoms have been replaced with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of -OR a , -NR b R c , and -S(O) n R d (where n is an integer from 0 to 2), with the understanding that the point of attachment of the heteroalkyl radical is through a carbon atom, wherein R a is hydrogen, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl; R b and R c are independently of each other hydrogen, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl; and when n is 0, R d is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl, and when n is 1 or 2, R d is alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, amino, acyl
  • Representative examples include, but are not limited to, 2-hydroxyethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, 2-hydroxy-l -hydro xymethylethyl, 2,3-dihydroxypropyl, 1 -hydro xymethylethyl, 3-hydroxybutyl, 2,3-dihydroxybutyl, 2-hydroxy-l -methylpropyl, 2- aminoethyl, 3-aminopropyl, 2-methylsulfonylethyl, aminosulfonylmethyl, aminosulfonylethyl, aminosulfonylpropyl, methylaminosulfonylmethyl, methylaminosulfonylethyl, methylamino- sulfonylpropyl, and the like.
  • Heteroaryl means a monocyclic or bicyclic radical of 5 to 12 ring atoms having at least one aromatic ring containing one, two, or three ring heteroatoms selected from N, O, or S, the remaining ring atoms being C, with the understanding that the attachment point of the heteroaryl radical will be on an aromatic ring.
  • the heteroaryl ring may be optionally substituted as defined herein.
  • heteroaryl moieties include, but are not limited to, optionally substituted imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazinyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, thiophenyl, furanyl, pyranyl, pyridyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, pyrimidyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzofuryl, benzothiophenyl, benzothiopyranyl, benzimidazolyl, benzooxazolyl, benzooxadiazolyl, benzo thiazolyl, benzo thiadiazolyl, benzopyranyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, triazolyl, triazinyl, quinoxalinyl, purinyl, quinazol
  • Heteroarylsulfonyl means a group of the formula -SO 2 -R wherein R is heteroaryl as defined herein.
  • Heteroaryloxy means a group of the formula -O-R wherein R is heteroaryl as defined herein.
  • Heteroaralkyloxy means a group of the formula -0-R-R" wherein R is alkylene and R' is heteroaryl as defined herein.
  • halo refers to a substi- tuent fluoro, chloro, bromo, or iodo.
  • Haloalkyl means alkyl as defined herein in which one or more hydrogen has been replaced with same or different halogen.
  • exemplary haloalkyls include -CH 2 Cl, -CH 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 CCI 3 , perfluoroalkyl (e.g., -CF 3 ), and the like.
  • Haloalkoxy means a moiety of the formula -OR, wherein R is a haloalkyl moiety as defined herein.
  • An exemplary haloalkoxy is difluoromethoxy.
  • Heterocycloamino means a saturated ring wherein at least one ring atom is N, NH or N-alkyl and the remaining ring atoms form an alkylene group.
  • Heterocyclyl means a monovalent saturated moiety, consisting of one to three rings, incorporating one, two, or three or four heteroatoms (chosen from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur).
  • the heterocyclyl ring may be optionally substituted as defined herein.
  • heterocyclyl moieties include, but are not limited to, optionally substituted piperidinyl, piperazinyl, homo- piperazinyl, azepinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyridinyl, pyrid- azinyl, pyrimidinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, quinuclidinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, thiadiazolylidinyl, benzo thiazolidinyl, benzoazolylidinyl, dihydrofuryl, tetrahydrofuryl, dihydropyranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, thiamor- pholinyl, thiamorpholinyl
  • Heterocyclylalkyl means a moiety of the formula -R-R wherein R is alkylene and R' is heterocyclyl as defined herein.
  • Heterocyclyloxy means a moiety of the formula -OR wherein R is heterocyclyl as defined herein.
  • Heterocyclylalkoxy means a moiety of the formula -OR-R' wherein R is alkylene and R' is heterocyclyl as defined herein.
  • Hydroalkoxy means a moiety of the formula -OR wherein R is hydroxyalkyl as defined herein.
  • Hydro xyalkylamino means a moiety of the formula -NR-R' wherein R is hydrogen or alkyl and R is hydroxyalkyl as defined herein.
  • Haldroxyalkylaminoalkyl means a moiety of the formula -R-NR'-R" wherein R is alkylene, R' is hydrogen or alkyl, and R" is hydroxyalkyl as defined herein.
  • Haldroxycarbonylalkyl or “carboxyalkyl” means a group of the formula -R-(CO)-OH where R is alkylene as defined herein.
  • Hydroalkyloxycarbonylalkyl or “hydroxyalkoxycarbonylalkyl” means a group of the formula -R-C(O)-O-R-OH wherein each R is alkylene and may be the same or different.
  • Hydroalkyl means an alkyl moiety as defined herein, substituted with one or more, preferably one, two or three hydroxy groups, provided that the same carbon atom does not carry more than one hydroxy group.
  • Representative examples include, but are not limited to, hydroxy- methyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxypropyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, 1 -(hydro xymethyl)-2-methylpropyl, 2-hydroxybutyl, 3-hydroxybutyl, 4-hydroxybutyl, 2,3-dihydroxypropyl, 2-hydroxy-l -hydro xy- methylethyl, 2,3-dihydroxybutyl, 3,4-dihydroxybutyl and 2-(hydroxymethyl)-3-hydroxypropyl.
  • Hydrocycloalkyl means a cycloalkyl moiety as defined herein wherein one, two or three hydrogen atoms in the cycloalkyl radical have been replaced with a hydroxy substituent. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, 2-, 3-, or 4-hydroxycyclohexyl, and the like.
  • Rea'Or “ureido” means a group of the formula -NR'-C(0)-NR"R"' wherein R', R" and R'" each independently is hydrogen or alkyl.
  • Carboxy means a group of the formula -0-C(O)-OH.
  • Sulfonamido means a group of the formula -S ⁇ 2-NR'R" wherein R', R" and R'" each independently is hydrogen or alkyl.
  • Optionally substituted when used in association with "aryl”, phenyl", “heteroaryl” "cyclo- alkyl” or “heterocyclyl”, means an aryl, phenyl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted independently with one to four substituents, preferably one or two substi- tuents selected from alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, alkoxy, amino, acylamino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, haloalkyl, haloalk- oxy, heteroalkyl, -COR, -SO 2 R (where R is hydrogen, alkyl, phenyl or phenylalkyl), -(CR'R") n - COOR (where n is an integer from 0 to 5, R
  • aryl phenyl
  • heteroaryl cycloalkyl
  • heterocyclyl include alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, alkoxy, cyano, amino and alkylsulfonyl. More preferred substituents are methyl, fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, amino and methanesulf- onyl.
  • leaving group means the group with the meaning conventionally associated with it in synthetic organic chemistry, i.e., an atom or group displaceable under substitution reaction conditions.
  • Examples of leaving groups include, but are not limited to, halogen, alkane- or arylenesulfonyl- oxy, such as methanesulfonyloxy, ethanesulfonyloxy, thiomethyl, benzenesulfonyloxy, tosyloxy, and thienyloxy, dihalophosphinoyloxy, optionally substituted benzyloxy, isopropyloxy, acyloxy, and the like.
  • Module means a molecule that interacts with a target. The interactions include, but are not limited to, agonist, antagonist, and the like, as defined herein.
  • “Disease” and “Disease state” means any disease, condition, symptom, disorder or indication.
  • “Inert organic solvent” or “inert solvent” means the solvent is inert under the conditions of the reaction being described in conjunction therewith, including e.g., benzene, toluene, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, N,N-dimethylformamide, chloroform, methylene chloride or dichloromethane, dichloroethane, diethyl ether, ethyl acetate, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, tert-butanol, dioxane, pyridine, and the like.
  • the solvents used in the reactions of the present invention are inert solvents.
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable” means that which is useful in preparing a pharmaceutical composition that is generally safe, non-toxic, and neither biologically nor otherwise undesirable and includes that which is acceptable for veterinary as well as human pharmaceutical use.
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable salts” of a compound means salts that are pharmaceutically acceptable, as defined herein, and that possess the desired pharmacological activity of the parent compound.
  • Such salts include: acid addition salts formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like; or formed with organic acids such as acetic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, benzoic, camphorsulfonic acid, citric acid, ethanesulfonic acid, fumaric acid, glucoheptonic acid, gluconic acid, glutamic acid, glycolic acid, hydro xynaphtoic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, lactic acid, maleic acid, malic acid, malonic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, muconic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, propionic acid, salicylic acid, succinic acid, tart
  • Acceptable organic bases include diethanolamine, ethanolamine, N- methylglucamine, triethanolamine, tromethamine, and the like.
  • Acceptable inorganic bases include aluminum hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate and sodium hydroxide.
  • the preferred pharmaceutically acceptable salts are the salts formed from acetic acid, hydrochloric acid, sulphuric acid, methanesulfonic acid, maleic acid, phosphoric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, sodium, potassium, calcium, zinc, and magnesium.
  • references to pharmaceutically acceptable salts include solvent addition forms (solvates) or crystal forms (polymorphs) as defined herein, of the same acid addition salt.
  • Protecting group means the group which selectively blocks one reactive site in a multifunctional compound such that a chemical reaction can be carried out selectively at another unprotected reactive site in the meaning conventionally associated with it in synthetic chemistry. Certain processes of this invention rely upon the protective groups to block reactive nitrogen and/or oxygen atoms present in the reactants.
  • the terms "amino -protecting group” and “nitrogen protecting group” are used interchangeably herein and refer to those organic groups intended to protect the nitrogen atom against undesirable reactions during synthetic procedures.
  • Exemplary nitrogen protecting groups include, but are not limited to, trifluoro- acetyl, acetamido, benzyl (Bn), benzyloxycarbonyl (carbobenzyloxy, CBZ), p-methoxybenzyl- oxycarbonyl, p-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl (BOC), and the like.
  • Bn benzyloxycarbonyl
  • CBZ benzyloxycarbonyl
  • p-methoxybenzyl- oxycarbonyl p-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl
  • tert-butoxycarbonyl BOC
  • Solidvates means solvent additions forms that contain either stoichiometric or non stoichiometric amounts of solvent. Some compounds have a tendency to trap a fixed molar ratio of solvent molecules in the crystalline solid state, thus forming a solvate. If the solvent is water the solvate formed is a hydrate, when the solvent is alcohol, the solvate formed is an alcoholate. Hydrates are formed by the combination of one or more molecules of water with one of the substances in which the water retains its molecular state as H 2 O, such combination being able to form one or more hydrate.
  • Subject means mammals and non-mammals. Mammals means any member of the mammalia class including, but not limited to, humans; non-human primates such as chimpanzees and other apes and monkey species; farm animals such as cattle, horses, sheep, goats, and swine; domestic animals such as rabbits, dogs, and cats; laboratory animals including rodents, such as rats, mice, and guinea pigs; and the like. Examples of non-mammals include, but are not limited to, birds, and the like. The term "subject” does not denote a particular age or sex.
  • “Disorders of the urinary tract” or “uropathy” used interchangeably with “symptoms of the urinary tract” means the pathologic changes in the urinary tract.
  • urinary tract disorders include, but are not limited to, incontinence, benign prostatic hypertrophy (BPH), prostatitis, detrusor hyperreflexia, outlet obstruction, urinary frequency, nocturia, urinary urgency, overactive bladder, pelvic hypersensitivity, urge incontinence, urethritis, prostatodynia, cystitis, idiophatic bladder hypersensitivity, and the like.
  • Disease states associated with the urinary tract or “urinary tract disease states” or “uropathy” used interchangeably with “symptoms of the urinary tract” mean the pathologic changes in the urinary tract, or dysfunction of urinary bladder smooth muscle or its innervation causing disordered urinary storage or voiding.
  • Symptoms of the urinary tract include, but are not limited to, overactive bladder (also known as detrusor hyperactivity), outlet obstruction, outlet insufficiency, and pelvic hypersensitivity.
  • “Overactive bladder” or “detrusor hyperactivity” includes, but is not limited to, the changes sym- ptomatically manifested as urgency, frequency, altered bladder capacity, incontinence, micturition threshold, unstable bladder contractions, sphincteric spasticity, detrusor hyperreflexia (neurogenic bladder), detrusor instability, and the like.
  • Outlet obstruction includes, but is not limited to, benign prostatic hypertrophy (BPH), urethral stricture disease, tumors, low flow rates, difficulty in initiating urination, urgency, suprapubic pain, and the like.
  • BPH benign prostatic hypertrophy
  • urethral stricture disease tumors
  • low flow rates difficulty in initiating urination
  • urgency urgency
  • suprapubic pain and the like.
  • Outlet insufficiency includes, but is not limited to, urethral hypermobility, intrinsic sphincteric deficiency, mixed incontinence, stress incontinence, and the like.
  • Pelvic Hypersensitivity includes, but is not limited to, pelvic pain, interstitial (cell) cystitis, prostatodynia, prostatitis, vulvadynia, urethritis, orchidalgia, overactive bladder, and the like.
  • Respiratory disorder refers to, without limitation, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), asthma, bronchospasm, and the like.
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • GI disorder refers to, without limitation, Irritable Bowel Syndrome (IBS), Inflammatory Bowel Disease (IBD), biliary colic and other biliary disorders, renal colic, diarrhea-dominant IBS, pain associated with GI distension, and the like.
  • IBS Irritable Bowel Syndrome
  • IBD Inflammatory Bowel Disease
  • biliary colic and other biliary disorders renal colic, diarrhea-dominant IBS, pain associated with GI distension, and the like.
  • Pain includes, without limitation, inflammatory pain; surgical pain; visceral pain; dental pain; premenstrual pain; central pain; pain due to burns; migraine or cluster headaches; nerve injury; neuritis; neuralgias; poisoning; ischemic injury; interstitial cystitis; cancer pain; viral, parasitic or bacterial infection; post-traumatic injury; or pain associated with irritable bowel syndrome.
  • “Therapeutically effective amount” means an amount of a compound that, when administered to a subject for treating a disease state, is sufficient to effect such treatment for the disease state.
  • the “therapeutically effective amount” will vary depending on the compound, disease state being treated, the severity or the disease treated, the age and relative health of the subject, the route and form of administration, the judgment of the attending medical or veterinary practitioner, and other factors.
  • variable incor- porates by reference the broad definition of the variable as well as preferred, more preferred and most preferred definitions, if any.
  • Treating" or “treatment” of a disease state includes:
  • treating when referring to a chemical reaction means adding or mixing two or more reagents under appropriate conditions to produce the indicated and/or the desired product. It should be appreciated that the reaction which produces the indicated and/or the desired product may not necessarily result directly from the combination of two reagents which were initially added, i.e., there may be one or more intermediates which are produced in the mixture which ultimately leads to the formation of the indicated and/or the desired product.
  • R 1 is triazolyl optionally substituted once or twice, and more preferably once, with Ci_6alkyl.
  • R 1 is triazolyl substituted once with Ci_6alkyl.
  • R 1 is optionally substituted once or twice, preferably once, with Ci_ 6 alkyl, halo-Ci_ 6 alkyl, hetero-Ci_ 6 alkyl, Ci_ 6 alkoxy, amino, phenyl, heterocyclyl, C 3 _ 6 Cycloalkyl, C 3 _ 6 cycloalkyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl or cyano.
  • R 1 is triazolyl optionally substituted once with Ci_ 6 alkyl, halo-Ci_ 6 alkyl, hetero-Ci_ 6 alkyl, Ci_ 6 alkoxy, amino, phenyl, heterocyclyl, C 3 _ 6 -cycloalkyl, C 3 - 6 cycloalkyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl or cyano.
  • R 1 is triazolyl optionally substituted once with halo- Ci_ 6 alkyl.
  • R 1 is triazolyl substituted once with -Ci_6alkyl or halo- Ci_ 6 alkyl.
  • R 1 is triazolyl substituted once with hetero-Ci_ 6 alkyl selected from hydroxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl, Ci_ 6 alkoxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl, Ci_ 6 alkylamino-Ci_ 6 alkyl, or N,N-di- (Ci_ 6 alkyl)-amino-Ci_ 6 alkyl.
  • R 1 is triazolyl optionally substituted once with methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopropyl- methyl, phenyl, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, fluoromethyl, pentafluoro-ethyl, 1,1-difluoro- ethyl, 2,2-difluoroethyl, 1-methoxy-ethyl, 1-ethoxy-ethyl, 2-methoxy-l -methyl-ethyl, 1 -hydro xy- ethyl, isopropoxy, dimethylamino, azetidin-2-yl, l-methyl-azetidin-2-yl, 1-dimethylamino-ethyl or dimethylamino-
  • R 1 is triazolyl substituted once with Ci_6alkyl selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl or cyclo- propylmethyl.
  • R 1 is triazolyl optionally substituted once with halo- Ci_ 6 alkyl selected from trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, fluoromethyl, pentafluoro-ethyl, 1,1-di- fluoro-ethyl or 2,2-difluoroethyl.
  • R 1 is optionally substituted [l,2,3]triazolyl.
  • R 1 is optionally substituted [l,2,3]triazol-l-yl.
  • R 1 is optionally substituted [l,2,3]triazol-2-yl.
  • R 1 is optionally substituted [l,2,3]triazol-5-yl.
  • R 1 is optionally substituted [l,2,4]triazolyl.
  • R 1 is optionally substituted [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl.
  • R 1 is optionally substituted [l,2,4]triazol-4-yl.
  • R 1 is optionally substituted [l,2,4]triazol-3-yl.
  • R 1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted with Ci_ 6 alkyl.
  • R 1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted with Ci_ 6 alkyl, halo-Ci_ 6 alkyl, hetero-Ci_ 6 alkyl, C 3 _ 6 -cycloalkyl, C 3 _ 6 cycloalkyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl or cyano.
  • R 1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted with halo- Ci_ 6 alkyl.
  • R 1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted with hetero- Ci_ 6 alkyl selected from hydro xy-Ci_ 6 alkyl, Ci_ 6 alkoxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl, Ci_ 6 alkylamino-Ci_ 6 alkyl, or N,N-di-(Ci_ 6 alkyl)-amino-Ci_ 6 alkyl.
  • R 1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted with methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopropyl- methyl, phenyl, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, fluoromethyl, pentafluoro-ethyl, 1,1-difluoro- ethyl, 2,2-difluoroethyl, 1-methoxy-ethyl, 1-ethoxy-ethyl, 2-methoxy-l -methyl-ethyl, 1 -hydro xy- ethyl, isopropoxy, dimethylamino, azetidin-2-yl, l-methyl-azetidin-2-yl, 1-dimethylamino-eth
  • R 1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted with methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl or cyclopropylmethyl.
  • R 1 is [l,2,3]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted with Ci_ 6 alkyl.
  • R 1 is [l,2,3]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted with Ci_ 6 alkyl, halo-Ci_ 6 alkyl, hetero-Ci_ 6 alkyl, C 3 _ 6 -cycloalkyl, C 3 _ 6 cycloalkyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl or cyano.
  • R 1 is [l,2,3]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted with halo- Ci_ 6 alkyl.
  • R 1 is [l,2,3]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted with hetero- Ci_ 6 alkyl selected from hydro xy-Ci_ 6 alkyl, Ci_ 6 alkoxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl, Ci_ 6 alkylamino-Ci_ 6 alkyl, or N,N-di-(Ci_ 6 alkyl)-amino-Ci_ 6 alkyl.
  • R 1 is [l,2,3]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted with methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopropylmethyl, phenyl, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, fluoromethyl, pentafluoro-ethyl, 1,1-difluoro- ethyl, 2,2-difluoroethyl, 1-methoxy-ethyl, 1-ethoxy-ethyl, 2-methoxy-l -methyl-ethyl, 1 -hydro xy- ethyl, isopropoxy, dimethylamino, azetidin-2-yl, l-methyl-azetidin-2-yl, 1-dimethylamino-ethyl
  • R 1 is [l,2,3]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted with methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl or cyclopropylmethyl.
  • R 1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted at the 5- position with Ci_ 6 alkyl.
  • R 1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted at the 5-posi- tion with Ci_ 6 alkyl, halo-Ci_ 6 alkyl, hetero-Ci_ 6 alkyl, C 3 _ 6 -cycloalkyl, C 3 _ 6 cycloalkyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl or cyano.
  • R 1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted at the 5-posi- tion with halo-Ci_ 6 alkyl.
  • R 1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted at the 5-posi- tion with hetero-Ci_ 6 alkyl selected from hydroxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl, Ci_ 6 alkoxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl, Ci_ 6 alkylamino- Ci_ 6 alkyl, or N,N-di-(Ci_ 6 alkyl)-amino-Ci. 6 alkyl.
  • R 1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted at the 5-posi- tion with methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclo- propylmethyl, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoro-ethyl, 1,1-difluoro-ethyl, 1-methoxy-ethyl, 1-ethoxy- ethyl, 2-methoxy-l -methyl- ethyl, 1 -hydro xy-ethyl, or dimethylamino -methyl.
  • R 1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted at the 5- position with methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl or cyclopropylmethyl.
  • R 2 is phenyl substituted once or twice independently with halo or methyl.
  • R 2 is phenyl substituted at the 4-position with methyl or halo and optionally substituted at the 2- and 6- positions with halo.
  • R 2 is phenyl substituted at the 4-position with methyl or halo and optionally substituted at the 2- position with halo.
  • R 2 is 4-methyl-phenyl, 2-fluoro-4-methyl-phenyl, 2-chloro- 4-fluoro-phenyl, 4-chloro-2-fluoro-phenyl, 2,4-dichloro-phenyl, 2,4-difluoro-phenyl, or 2- chloro-4-methyl-phenyl.
  • R 2 is 4-methyl-phenyl or 4-chloro-phenyl.
  • R 2 is 4-methyl-phenyl.
  • R 2 is 2-fluoro-4-methyl-phenyl.
  • R 2 is 2-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl.
  • R 2 is 4-chloro-2-fluoro-phenyl. In certain embodiments of formula I, R 2 is 2,4-dichloro-phenyl.
  • R 2 is 2,4-difluoro-phenyl.
  • R 2 is 2-chloro-4-methyl-phenyl.
  • R 2 is optionally substituted pyridinyl.
  • exemplary pyridinyl include pyridin-2-yl, and pyridin-2-one-l-yl, each optionally substituted once, twice of three times with any of Ci_ 6 alkyl, Ci_ 6 alkyloxy, halo, Ci- ⁇ haloalkyl, hetero-Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkylsulfonyl or cyano.
  • Preferred pyridyl include 4-methyl-pyridin-2-yl, 4-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl and 4-methyl- pyridin-2-one- 1 -yl.
  • R 2 is pyridin 2-yl substituted with methyl or halo at the 5 -position.
  • R 2 is pyridin 2-yl substituted with methyl or halo at the 5 -position and optionally substituted with halo at the 3 -position.
  • R 2 is 5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl, 5-chloro-pyridin-2-yl, 5-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl, 5-methyl-3-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl, 5-methyl-3-chloro-pyridin-2-yl, 3,5-di- fluoro-pyridin-2-yl or 3,5-dichloro-pyridin-2-yl.
  • R 2 is 5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl.
  • R 2 is 5-chloro-pyridin-2-yl.
  • R 2 is 5-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl.
  • R 2 is 5-methyl-3-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl.
  • R 2 is 5-methyl-3-chloro-pyridin-2-yl.
  • R 2 is 3,5-difluoro-pyridin-2-yl.
  • R 2 is 3,5-dichloro-pyridin-2-yl.
  • R 2 is optionally substituted pyridazinyl.
  • R 2 may be 6-chloro-pyridazinyl or 6-methyl-pyridazinyl, preferably 6-chloro-pyridazinyl.
  • R 2 is optionally substituted thiophenyl.
  • R 2 may be thiophen-2-yl optionally substituted with Ci_6alkyl or halo.
  • Preferred thiophenyl include 3-methyl-thiophen-2-yl, 5-methyl-thiophen-2-yl and 5-chloro-thiophen-2-yl.
  • R 6 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments of formula I, R 6 may be methyl.
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • R 4 is hydrogen
  • R 3 is Ci_6alkyl.
  • a preferred Ci_6alkyl in such embodiments is methyl.
  • R 4 is Ci_6alkyl.
  • a preferred Ci_6alkyl in such embodiments is methyl.
  • R 3 is hydrogen and R 4 is Ci_6alkyl, preferably methyl.
  • R 3 and R 4 are hydrogen.
  • R 3 and R 4 together with the atom to which they are attached may form a C 3-6 carbocyclic ring.
  • R 3 and R 4 together with the atom to which they are attached may form a cyclopropyl group.
  • R 4 and R 5 together with the atom to which they are attached form a C 3-6 carbocyclic ring that is optionally substituted with hydroxy.
  • R 4 and R 5 together with the atom to which they are attached form a cyclopropyl group.
  • R 3 is hydrogen and R 4 and R 5 together with the atom to which they are attached form a cyclopropyl group.
  • R 3 is hydrogen and R 4 and R 5 together with the atom to which they are attached form a cyclopentyl group optionally substituted with hydroxy.
  • R 4 and R 5 together with the atom to which they are attached form a C 4-6 heterocyclic ring containing one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, N and S.
  • R 4 and R 5 together with the atom to which they are attached form a piperidinyl group or oxetanyl ring group.
  • R 4 and R 5 together with the atom to which they are attached form a piperidin-3-yl group or an oxetan-3-yl group.
  • R 3 , R 4 and R 5 together with the atom to which they are attached form a six-membered heteroaryl containing one or two nitrogen atoms, and which is optionally substituted with halo, amino or Ci_ 6 alkyl.
  • R 3 , R 4 and R 5 together with the atom to which they are attached form a heteroaryl selected from 2-oxo-l,2-dihydro-pyrimidinyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl or pyridazinyl, each optionally substituted with methyl or amino.
  • R 3 , R 4 and R 5 together with the atom to which they are attached form a heteroaryl selected from 2-oxo-l,2-dihydro-pyrimidin-4-yl, 2-oxo-l,2-dihydro- pyrimidin-4-yl, l-methyl-2-oxo-l,2-dihydro-pyrimidin-4-yl, 6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl, pyridazin-4- yl, 6-amino-pyridin-2-yl, 2-aminopyrimidin-4-yl or 2-amino-pyrimidin-3-yl.
  • R 5 is: Ci_ 6 alkyl; Ci_ 6 alkyloxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl; hydroxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl; Ci_ 6 alkylsulfanyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl; Ci_ 6 alkylsulfonyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl; amino-Ci_ 6 alkyl; N-Ci_ 6 alkyl-amino-Ci_ ⁇ alkyl; N,N-di-Ci_ 6 alkyl-amino-Ci_ 6 alkyl; C 3 _ 7 Cycloalkyl; optionally substituted phenyl; heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl.
  • R 5 is N-Ci_ 6 alkyl-amino-Ci_ 6 alkyl substituted with halo.
  • R 5 is: Ci_ 6 alkyloxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl; hydroxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl; heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl.
  • R 5 is Ci_ 6 alkyloxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl.
  • One preferred Ci_ 6 alkyloxy- Ci_ 6 alkyl is methoxymethyl.
  • R 5 is hydroxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl.
  • One preferred hydroxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl is hydroxymethyl.
  • R 5 is heteroaryl.
  • R 5 is heteroaryl
  • such heteroaryl may be pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, 3-oxo-2,3-dihydro-isoxazolyl, tetrazolyl, imidazo[2,l-b]thiazolyl, imidazo[l,2-a]- pyridinyl, imidazo[4,5-b]pyridinyl, and benzimidazolyl, each of which may be optionally substituted one, two or three times with a group or groups independently selected from C ⁇ alkyl, Ci_6alkoxy, Ci_6alkoxy-Ci_6alkyl, halo-Ci_6alkyl, halo, amino, N-Ci
  • heteroarly may be optionally substituted once or twice with a group or groups independently selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, fluoro, chloro, tri- fluoromethyl, amino, methylamino or dimethylamino.
  • such heteroaryl may be pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl or thiazolyl, each of which may be optionally substituted once or twice with a group or groups independently selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, fluoro, chloro, amino, methylamino or dimethylamino.
  • such heteroaryl may be pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, or pyrazinyl, each of which may be optionally substituted once or twice with a group or groups independently selected from methyl, fluoro, chloro, amino, methylamino or dimethylamino.
  • such heteroaryl may be thiophen-2- yl, pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl, pyridin-4-yl, oxazol-2-yl, pyrimidin-2-yl, pyridazin-4-yl, pyrazin- 2-yl, 5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl, imidazol-1-yl, pyrazol-1-yl, 3,5-dimethyl-pyrazol-l-yl, 2-methyl- thiazol-4-yl, 3-(2-chloro-phenyl)-[l,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-yl, 3-(pyridin-4-yl)-[l,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-yl, pyridazin-3-yl, 2-methyl-pyrazol-3-yl, thiazol-5-yl, 1 -methyl- imidazol-2-yl, 6-
  • R 5 is heterocyclyl-Ci- ⁇ alkyl.
  • such heterocyclyl-Ci- ⁇ alkyl may be hetero- cyclyl-methyl such as morpho lino methyl, piperidinyl-methyl, piperazinyl-methyl, thiomorpho- linylmethyl, pyrrolidinylmethyl, or azetidinylmethyl, the heterocyclyl portion of each of which may be optionally substituted once or twice with a group or groups independently selected from methyl, methoxy, halo, methanesulfonyl, oxo or acetyl.
  • such heterocyclylmethyl may be morpho lin-4- yl-methyl, 4-methanesulfonyl-piperazin-l-yl-methyl, 4-acetyl-piperazin-l-yl-methyl, piperidin- 1-yl, thio morpho lin-4-yl-methyl, 4-methyl-piperazin-l-yl-methyl, 3-oxo-piperazin-l-yl-methyl, 3 -methoxy-piperidin- 1 -yl-methyl, 4-methoxy-piperidin- 1 -yl-methyl, 4-hydroxy-piperidin- 1 -yl- methyl, 1-oxo-thiomorpho lin-4-yl-methyl, 3-hydroxy-pyrrolidin-l -yl-methyl, azetidin-3 -yl- methyl, 4-methanesulfonyl-piperidin-l -yl-methyl, 4-
  • R 5 is hydro xymethyl, methoxymethyl, pyrazin-2-yl or 5- methyl-pyrazin-2-yl.
  • R 5 is hydro xymethyl, methoxymethyl, pyrazin-2-yl, 5- methyl-pyrazin-2-yl, 6-methyl-pyridazin-3-yl, or l-methyl-6-oxo-l,6-dihydro-pyridin-3-yl. In certain embodiments of formula I, R 5 is hydro xymethyl.
  • R 5 is metho xymethyl.
  • R 5 is pyrazin-2-yl.
  • R 5 is 5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl.
  • R 5 is l-methyl-6-oxo-l,6-dihydro-pyridin-3-yl.
  • R 5 is 6-methyl-pyridazin-3-yl.
  • R 6 , R 7 and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • R 7 and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • one of R 7 and R 8 is halo or Ci_4alkoxy and the other is hydrogen.
  • both of R 7 and R 8 are halo or Ci_4alkoxy.
  • one of R 7 and R 8 is fluoro, chloro or methoxy, and the other is hydrogen.
  • R 7 and R 8 each independently is fluoro, chloro or methoxy.
  • R 7 and R 8 are fluoro.
  • one of R 7 and R 8 is fluoro and the other is hydrogen.
  • one of R 7 and R 8 is chloro and the other is hydrogen.
  • one of R 7 and R 8 is methoxy and the other is hydrogen.
  • R 6 is halo
  • R 6 is fluoro
  • R 1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted at the 5-position with Ci_ 6 alkyl, halo-Ci_ 6 alkyl,
  • R 2 is 4-methyl-phenyl; 2-fluoro-4-methyl-phenyl; 2-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl; 4-chloro-2- fluoro -phenyl; 2,4-dichloro-phenyl; 2,4-difluoro-phenyl;or 2-chloro-4-methyl-phenyl;
  • R 3 is hydrogen;
  • R 4 is: hydrogen; or methyl; and
  • R 5 is Ci_ 6 alkyl; Ci_ 6 alkyloxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl; hydroxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl; Ci_ 6 alkylsulfanyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl;
  • R 1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted at the 5-position with Ci_ 6 alkyl, halo-Ci_ 6 alkyl,
  • R 2 is 5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl, 5-chloro-pyridin-2-yl, 5-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl, 5-methyl-3-fluoro- pyridin-2-yl, 5-methyl-3-chloro-pyridin-2-yl, 3,5-difluoro-pyridin-2-yl or 3,5-dichloro- pyridin-2-yl;
  • R is hydrogen;
  • R 4 is hydrogen; or methyl;
  • R 5 is Ci_ 6 alkyl; Ci_ 6 alkyloxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl; hydroxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl; Ci_ 6 alkylsulfanyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl; Ci_ 6 alk- ylsulfonyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl; amino-Ci_ 6 alkyl; N-Ci_ 6 alkyl-amino-Ci_ 6 alkyl; N,N-di-Ci_ 6 alkyl- amino-Ci_ 6 alkyl; C 3 - 7 cycloalkyl; optionally substituted phenyl; heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl-
  • Ci_ 6 alkyl Ci_ 6 alkyl
  • R 1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted at the 5-position with Ci_ 6 alkyl, halo-Ci_ 6 alkyl,
  • R 2 is 4-methyl-phenyl; 2-fluoro-4-methyl-phenyl; 2-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl; 4-chloro-2- fluoro -phenyl; 2,4-dichloro-phenyl; 2,4-difluoro-phenyl;or 2-chloro-4-methyl-phenyl;
  • R 3 is hydrogen;
  • R 4 is hydrogen; or methyl; and R 5 is hydro xymethyl; methoxymethyl; morpholin-4-ylmethyl; piperidin-1-yl methyl optionally substituted at the 4-position with methyl, methanesulfonyl or acetyl; 1,1,-dioxo-thiomor- pholin-1-yl; piperidin-1-yl-methyl optionally substituted once or twice with a group or groups selected independently from methyl, methoxy or halo; pyridinyl; pyrimidinyl; pyr- azinyl; pyridazinyl; pyrazolyl; or thiazolyl; wherein the pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl and thiazolyl each may be optionally substituted once or twice with a group or groups selected independently from methyl, methylamino, dimethylamino and halo
  • R 1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted at the 5-position with Ci_ 6 alkyl, halo-Ci_ 6 alkyl, Ci_ 6 alkoxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl, hydroxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl, Ci_ 6 alkylamino-Ci_ 6 alkyl, C 3 _ 6 -cycloalkyl, or C 3 _ 6 cycloalkyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl;
  • R 2 is 5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl, 5-chloro-pyridin-2-yl, 5-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl, 5-methyl-3-fluoro- pyridin-2-yl, 5-methyl-3-chloro-pyridin-2-yl, 3,5-difluoro-pyridin-2-yl or 3,5-dichloro- pyridin-2-yl;
  • R 3 is hydrogen; R 4 is hydrogen; or methyl; and R 5 is hydro xymethyl; methoxymethyl; morpholin-4-ylmethyl; piperidin-1-yl methyl optionally substituted at the 4-position with methyl, methanesulfonyl or acetyl; 1,1,-dioxo-thiomor- pholin-1-yl; piperidin-1-yl optionally substituted once or twice with a group or groups selected independently from methyl, methoxy or halo; pyridinyl; pyrimidinyl; pyrazinyl; pyridazinyl; pyrazolyl; or thiazolyl; wherein the pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl and thiazolyl each may be optionally substituted once or twice with a group or groups selected independently from methyl, methylamino, dimethylamino and hal
  • R 1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted at the 5-position with Ci_ 6 alkyl, halo-Ci_ 6 alkyl,
  • R 2 is 4-methyl-phenyl; 2-fluoro-4-methyl-phenyl; 2-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl; 4-chloro-2- fluoro -phenyl; 2,4-dichloro-phenyl; 2,4-difluoro-phenyl;or 2-chloro-4-methyl-phenyl;
  • R 3 is hydrogen; and R 4 and R 5 together form a cyclopropyl group.
  • R 1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted at the 5-position with Ci_6alkyl, halo-Ci_6alkyl,
  • R 2 is 5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl, 5-chloro-pyridin-2-yl, 5-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl, 5-methyl-3-fluoro- pyridin-2-yl, 5-methyl-3-chloro-pyridin-2-yl, 3,5-difluoro-pyridin-2-yl or 3,5-dichloro- pyridin-2-yl;
  • R 3 is hydrogen; and R 4 and R 5 together form a cyclopropyl group.
  • R 1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted at the 5-position with Ci_6alkyl, halo-Ci_6alkyl, Ci_ 6 alkoxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl, hydroxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl, Ci_ 6 alkylamino-Ci_ 6 alkyl, N,N-di-(Ci_ 6 alkyl)- amino-Ci_ 6 alkyl, C 3 _ 6 -cycloalkyl, or C3_6cycloalkyl-Ci_6alkyl;
  • R 2 is 4-methyl-phenyl; 2-fluoro-4-methyl-phenyl; 2-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl; 4-chloro-2- fluoro -phenyl; 2,4-dichloro-phenyl; 2,4-difluoro-phenyl;or 2-chloro-4-methyl-phenyl;
  • R 3 is hydrogen; R 4 is methyl; and R 5 is methoxymethyl, hydro xymethyl, 5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl or pyrazin-2-yl.
  • R 1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted at the 5-position with Ci_6alkyl, halo-Ci_6alkyl,
  • R 2 is 5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl, 5-chloro-pyridin-2-yl, 5-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl, 5-methyl-3-fluoro- pyridin-2-yl, 5-methyl-3-chloro-pyridin-2-yl, 3,5-difluoro-pyridin-2-yl or 3,5-dichloro- pyridin-2-yl;
  • R 3 is hydrogen; R 4 is methyl; and R 5 is methoxymethyl, hydro xymethyl, 5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl or pyrazin-2-yl.
  • R 1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted at the 5-position with Ci_6alkyl, halo-Ci_6alkyl, Ci_ 6 alkoxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl, hydroxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl, Ci_ 6 alkylamino-Ci_ 6 alkyl, N,N-di-(Ci_ 6 alkyl)- amino-Ci_ 6 alkyl, C 3 _ 6 -cycloalkyl, or C3_6cycloalkyl-Ci_6alkyl;
  • R 2 is 4-methyl-phenyl; 2-fluoro-4-methyl-phenyl; 2-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl; 4-chloro-2- fluoro -phenyl; 2,4-dichloro-phenyl; 2,4-difluoro-phenyl;or 2-chloro-4-methyl-phenyl;
  • R 3 and R 4 are hydrogen
  • R 5 is 4-methyl
  • R 1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted at the 5-position with Ci_ 6 alkyl, halo-Ci_ 6 alkyl, Ci_ 6 alkoxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl, hydroxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl, Ci_ 6 alkylamino-Ci_ 6 alkyl, N,N-di-(Ci_ 6 alkyl)- amino-Ci_ 6 alkyl, C 3 - 6 -cycloalkyl, or C 3 - 6 cycloalkyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl;
  • R 2 is 5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl, 5-chloro-pyridin-2-yl, 5-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl, 5-methyl-3-fluoro- pyridin-2-yl, 5-methyl-3-chloro-pyridin-2-yl, 3,5-difluoro-pyridin-2-yl or 3,5-dichloro- pyridin-2-yl;
  • R 3 and R 4 are hydrogen; and R 5 is 5-methyl-pyridazin-2-yl.
  • R 1 is a group of formula A or B;
  • R c and R d each independently is hydrogen; Ci_ 6 alkyl; Ci_ 6 alkoxy; Ci_ 6 alkylsulfonyl; phenyl; amino; N-Ci_6alkyl-amino; N,N-di-Ci_6alkyl-amino halo-Ci_6alkyl; halo-Ci_6alkoxy; hetero-Ci_ 6 alkyl; C 3 _ 6 -cycloalkyl; C 3 _ 6 cycloalkyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl; amino carbonyl; heterocyclylcarbonyl; Ci_ 6 alkoxycarbonyl; or cyano; or R c and R d together with the atoms to which they are attached may form a phenyl, pyridinyl or pyrimidinyl group, each optionally substituted.
  • R 1 is a group of formula A.
  • R 1 is a group of formula Al :
  • R 1 is a group of formula A2:
  • R a and R are as defined herein.
  • R 1 is a group of formula A3:
  • R a and R b are as defined herein.
  • R 1 is a group of formula B. In certain embodiments of formula I, R 1 is a group of formula Bl :
  • R a and R are as defined herein.
  • R 1 is a group of formula B2:
  • R a and R b are as defined herein.
  • R 1 is a group of formula B3: wherein R a and R b are as defined herein.
  • R c is hydrogen and R d is: hydrogen; Ci_6alkyl; Ci_6alkoxy; Ci_ 6 alkylsulfonyl; amino; N-Ci_ 6 alkyl-amino; N,N-di-Ci_6alkyl-amino halo-Ci_6alkyl; halo- Ci_ 6 alkoxy; hetero-Ci_ 6 alkyl; C 3 _ 6 -cycloalkyl; C3_6cycloalkyl-Ci_6alkyl; amino carbonyl; hetero- cyclylcarbonyl; Ci_ 6 alkoxycarbonyl; or cyano.
  • hetero-Ci_ 6 alkyl may be selected from hydroxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl, Ci_6alkoxy-Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkylamino-Ci_6alkyl, and N,N-di- (C i _ 6 alkyl)-amino-C i - ⁇ alkyl.
  • R c is hydrogen and R d is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopropylmethyl, phenyl, trifluoro- methyl, difluoromethyl, fluoromethyl, pentafluoro-ethyl, 1,1-difluoro-ethyl, 2,2-difluoroethyl, 1- methoxy-ethyl, 1-ethoxy-ethyl, 2-methoxy-l -methyl-ethyl, 1 -hydro xy-ethyl, isopropoxy, di- methylamino, azetidin-2-yl, l-methyl-azetidin-2-yl, 1-dimethylamino-ethyl or dimethylamino- methyl.
  • R c is hydrogen and R d is Ci_6alkyl or halo-Ci_6alkyl.
  • R c is hydrogen and R is Ci_6alkyl.
  • R c is hydrogen and R is Ci_6alkoxy.
  • R c is hydrogen and R is Ci_6alkylsulfonyl.
  • R c is hydrogen and R d is amino.
  • R c is hydrogen and R d is N-Ci_6alkyl-amino.
  • R c is hydrogen and R d is N,N-di-Ci_6alkyl-amino.
  • R c is hydrogen and R d is halo-Ci_6alkyl.
  • R c is hydrogen and R d is halo-Ci_6alkoxy. In certain embodiments of formula I, R c is hydrogen and R d is hetero-Ci_6alkyl.
  • R c is hydrogen and R d is C3_6-cycloalkyl.
  • R c is hydrogen and R d is C3_6cycloalkyl-Ci_6alkyl.
  • R c is hydrogen and R d is amino carbonyl.
  • R c is hydrogen and R d is heterocyclylcarbonyl.
  • R c is hydrogen and R d is Ci_6alkoxycarbonyl.
  • R c is hydrogen and R is cyano.
  • R b is hydrogen and R d is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoro- ethyl, 1,1-difluoro-ethyl, 1-methoxy-ethyl, 1-ethoxy-ethyl, 2-methoxy-l -methyl-ethyl, 1- hydroxy-ethyl, or dimethylamino -methyl.
  • R c is hydrogen and R d is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl or cyclopropylmethyl.
  • R c and R d together with the atoms to which they are attached form optionally substituted phenyl.
  • R c and R d together with the atoms to which they are attached form optionally substituted pyridinyl.
  • R c and R d together with the atoms to which they are attached form optionally substituted pyrimidinyl.
  • Optionally substituted triazolyl as used herein includes triazolyl that optionally have a fused 6- membered aromatic or nitrogen-containing heteroaryl ring thereon.
  • optionally substituted triazolyl includes benzotriazolyl, [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyridinyl, [l,2,4]triazolo[l,5-a]pyridinyl, and aza-substituted derivitives thereof.
  • R 1 may be represented by a group of formula A4: wherein X 1 and X 2 each independently is CR f or N, and R e and R f each independently is hydrogen, Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkyloxy, or halo.
  • R c and R d together with the atoms to which they are attached form a pyridinyl group such that X 1 and X 2 are CH.
  • R 1 may be represented by a group of formula B4:
  • X 1 and X 2 each independently is CR f or N, and R e and R f each independently is hydro- gen, d- ⁇ alkyl, Ci_6alkyloxy, or halo.
  • R a and R b together with the atoms to which they are attached form a phenyl group such that X 1 and X 2 are CH.
  • R 3 is hydrogen and R 4 is C ⁇ aUcyl, preferably methyl.
  • R 2 is 4-methyl-phenyl, 4-chloro-phenyl or 2-fluoro-4- methyl-phenyl, and R 3 is hydrogen.
  • R 2 is 4-methyl-phenyl, 4-chloro-phenyl or 2-fluoro-4- methyl-phenyl
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • R 4 is methyl
  • R 2 is 4-methyl-phenyl, 4-chloro-phenyl or 2-fluoro-4- methyl-phenyl
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • R 4 is methyl
  • R 6 is hydrogen
  • R 2 is 4-methyl-phenyl
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • R 4 is methyl
  • R 6 is hydrogen
  • R 5 is:
  • Ci_ 6 alkyl selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl and isopentyl; hetero-Ci_ 6 alkyl selected from Ci_ 6 alkyloxy- Ci_ 6 alkyl, hydroxy- Ci_ 6 alkyl, Ci_ 6 alkylsulfanyl- Ci_ 6 alkyl, Ci_ 6 alkyl-sulf ⁇ nyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl, Ci_ 6 alkyl-sulfonyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl, amino-Ci_ 6 alkyl, N-Ci_ 6 alkyl- amino-Ci_ 6 alkyl, N ⁇ -di-Ci- ⁇ alkylamino-Ci-ealkyl and hydroxy-Ci_ 6 alkyloxy; C 3 _ 7 Cycloalkyl selected from cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl,
  • C 3 - 7 cycloalkyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl selected from eye lopropyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl, cyclobutyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl, cyclopentyl- Ci_ 6 alkyl and cyclohexyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl, the cycloalkyl portion of each being optionally substituted; aryl-Ci_ 6 alkyl selected from phenyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl and naphthyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl, the aryl portion of each being optionally substituted; heteroaryl-Ci_ 6 alkyl selected from pyridinyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl, pyrimidinyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl, pyridazinyl- Ci_ 6 alkyl, pyrazinyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl, furanyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl, thienyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl, pyrro I
  • R 2 is 4-methyl-phenyl, 4-chloro-phenyl or 2-fluoro-4- methyl-phenyl
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • R 4 is methyl
  • R 6 is hydrogen
  • R 5 is Ci_ 6 alkoxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl; hydroxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl; morpholin-4-yl-Ci_ 6 alkyl; pyrazinyl; or piperazin-l-yl-Ci_ 6 alkyl wherein the piperazinyl moeity is optionally substituted at the 4-position with Ci_ 6 alkyl, Ci_ 6 alkylcarbonyl or C i _ 6 alkylsulfonyl.
  • R 2 is 4-methyl-phenyl, 4-chloro-phenyl or 2-fluoro-4- methyl-phenyl
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • R 4 is methyl
  • R 6 is hydrogen
  • R 5 is methoxymethyl
  • hydro xymethyl morpholin-4-yl-methyl
  • pyrazin-2-yl or 4-methanesulfonyl-piperazin-l-yl.
  • R 1 is a group of formula A
  • R 2 is 4-methyl-phenyl, 4-chloro-phenyl or 2-fluoro-4-methyl-phenyl
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • R 4 is methyl
  • R 6 is hydrogen
  • R 5 is Ci_ 6 alkoxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl; hydroxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl; morpholin-4-yl-Ci_ 6 alkyl; pyrazinyl; or piperazin- l-yl-Ci_ 6 alkyl wherein the piperazinyl moeity is optionally substituted at the 4-position with Ci_ 6 alkyl, Ci_ 6 alkylcarbonyl or Ci_ 6 alkylsulfonyl.
  • R 1 is a group of formula A
  • R 2 is 4-methyl-phenyl, 4- chloro-phenyl or 2-fluoro-4-methyl-phenyl
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • R 4 is methyl
  • R 6 is hydrogen
  • R 5 is methoxymethyl
  • hydro xymethyl morpholin-4-yl-methyl
  • pyrazin-2-yl or 4-methanesulfonyl- piperazin-1-yl.
  • R 1 is a group of formula B
  • R 2 is 4-methyl-phenyl, 4- chloro-phenyl or 2-fluoro-4-methyl-phenyl
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • R 4 is methyl
  • R 6 is hydrogen
  • R 5 is Ci_ 6 alkoxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl; hydroxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl; morpholin-4-yl-Ci_ 6 alkyl; pyrazinyl; or piperazin-1- yl-Ci_ 6 alkyl wherein the piperazinyl moeity is optionally substituted at the 4-position with Ci_ ⁇ alkyl, Ci_ 6 alkylcarbonyl or Ci_ 6 alkylsulfonyl.
  • R 1 is a group of formula B
  • R 2 is 4-methyl-phenyl, 4- chloro-phenyl or 2-fluoro-4-methyl-phenyl
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • R 4 is methyl
  • R 6 is hydrogen
  • R 5 is methoxymethyl
  • hydro xymethyl morpholin-4-yl-methyl
  • pyrazin-2-yl or 4-methanesulfonyl- piperazin-1-yl.
  • R 2 is pyridin-2-yl substituted at the 5- position with methyl or halo, and R is hydrogen.
  • R 2 is pyridin-2-yl substituted at the 5- position with methyl or halo
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • R 4 is methyl
  • R 2 is pyridin-2-yl substituted at the 5- position with methyl or halo
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • R 4 is methyl
  • R 6 is hydrogen
  • R 2 is pyridin-2-yl substituted at the 5- position with methyl or halo
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • R 4 is methyl
  • R 6 is hydrogen
  • R 5 is:
  • Ci_ 6 alkyl selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl and isopentyl; hetero-Ci_6alkyl selected from Ci_6alkyloxy- C ⁇ alkyl, hydroxy- d ⁇ alkyl, Ci_6alkylsulfanyl- d- ⁇ alkyl, Ci_ 6 alkyl-sulfinyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl, Ci_ 6 alkyl-sulfonyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl, amino-Ci_ 6 alkyl, N-Ci_ 6 alkyl- amino-Ci_ 6 alkyl, N,N-di-Ci_ 6 alkylamino-Ci_ 6 alkyl and hydroxy-Ci_ 6 alkyloxy; C 3 - 7 cycloalkyl selected from cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl
  • C 3 _ 7 cycloalkyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl selected from eye lopropyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl, cyclobutyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl, cyclopentyl- Ci_ 6 alkyl and cyclohexyl-Ci- ⁇ alkyl, the cycloalkyl portion of each being optionally substituted; aryl-Ci_ 6 alkyl selected from phenyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl and naphthyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl, the aryl portion of each being optionally substituted; heteroaryl-Ci_ 6 alkyl selected from pyridinyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl, pyrimidinyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl, pyridazinyl-Ci_ ⁇ alkyl, pyrazinyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl, furanyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl, thienyl-Ci_ 6 alkyl, pyrrol
  • R 2 is pyridin-2-yl substituted at the 5- position with methyl or halo
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • R 4 is methyl
  • R 6 is hydrogen
  • R 5 is Ci_ 6 alkoxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl; hydroxy- Ci_ 6 alkyl; morpholin-4-yl-Ci_ 6 alkyl; pyrazinyl; or piperazin-l-yl-Ci_ 6 alkyl wherein the piper- azinyl moeity is optionally substituted at the 4-position with Ci_ 6 alkyl, Ci_ 6 alkylcarbonyl or Ci_ ⁇ alkylsulfonyl.
  • R 2 is pyridin-2-yl substituted at the 5- position with methyl or halo
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • R 4 is methyl
  • R 6 is hydrogen
  • R 5 is methoxymethyl; hydroxymethyl; morpholin-4-yl-methyl; pyrazin-2-yl; or 4-methanesulfonyl-piperazin-l-yl.
  • R 1 is a group of formula A
  • R 2 is pyridin-2-yl substituted at the 5- position with methyl or halo
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • R 4 is methyl
  • R 6 is hydrogen
  • R 5 is
  • R 1 is a group of formula A
  • R 2 is pyridin-2-yl substituted at the 5- position with methyl or halo
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • R 4 is methyl
  • R 6 is hydrogen
  • R 5 is methoxymethyl; hydroxymethyl; morpholin-4-yl-methyl; pyrazin-2-yl; or 4-methanesulfonyl- piperazin-1-yl.
  • R 1 is a group of formula B
  • R 2 is pyridin-2-yl substituted at the 5- position with methyl or halo
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • R 4 is methyl
  • R 6 is hydrogen
  • R 5 is Ci_ 6 alkoxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl; hydroxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl; morpholin-4-yl-Ci_ 6 alkyl; pyrazinyl; or piperazin-1-yl- Ci_ 6 alkyl wherein the piperazinyl moeity is optionally substituted at the 4-position with Ci_ 6 alkyl, Ci_ 6 alkylcarbonyl or Ci_ 6 alkylsulfonyl.
  • R 1 is a group of formula B
  • R 2 is pyridin-2-yl substituted at the 5 -position with methyl or halo
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • R 4 is methyl
  • R 6 is hydrogen
  • R 5 is methoxymethyl; hydroxymethyl; morpholin-4-yl-methyl; pyrazin-2-yl; or 4-methanesulfonyl- piperazin-1-yl.
  • the subject compounds are more specifically of formula II: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: X is C or N;
  • R 11 and R 12 each independently is hydrogen; Ci_ 6 alkyl; Ci_ 6 alkyloxy; halo; halo-Ci_ 6 alkyl; halo- Ci_ 6 alkoxy; hetero-Ci_ 6 alkyl; Ci_ 6 alkylsulfonyl; or cyano; and
  • R 1 and R 5 are as defined herein.
  • the compounds of the invention are of formula Ha or lib:
  • R 5 is:
  • n 0, 1 or 2;
  • R c and R d each independently is hydrogen or Ci_6alkyl
  • R e is hydrogen, C ⁇ alkyl, acetyl or Ci_6alkyl-sulfonyl
  • R f and R g each independently is hydrogen or Ci_6alkyl
  • R h and R 1 each independently is hydrogen, C ⁇ alkyl, fluoro, hydroxy or Ci_6alkyloxy;
  • R J and R k each independently is hydrogen or Ci_6alkyl;
  • R m , R n , R 0 , R p , R q and R r each independently is hydrogen,Ci_ 6 alkyl, halo, Ci_ 6 alkoxy, Ci_ 6 alkyl- sulfonyl halo-Ci_ 6 alkyl, or cyano.
  • R 5 is:
  • R e is as defined herein.
  • R 5 is:
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R a , R b , R c , R d and R e is alkyl or contains an alkyl moiety, such alkyl is preferably lower alkyl, i.e. Ci-C ⁇ alkyl, and more preferably Ci-C 4 alkyl.
  • the invention also provides methods for treating a disease or condition mediated by or otherwise associated with a P2X 3 receptor antagonist, a P2X 2 /3 receptor antagonist, or both, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of the invention.
  • the disease may be genitorurinary disease or urinary tract disease. In other instances the disease may be a disease is associated with pain.
  • the urinary tract disease may be: reduced bladder capacity; frequenct micturition; urge incontinence; stress incontinence; bladder hyperreactivity; benign prostatic hypertrophy; prostatitis; detrusor hyperreflexia; urinary frequency; nocturia; urinary urgency; overactive bladder; pelvic hypersensitivity; urethritis; prostatitits; pelvic pain syndrome; prostatodynia; cystitis; or idiophatic bladder hypersensitivity.
  • the disease associated with pain may be: inflammatory pain; surgical pain; visceral pain; dental pain; premenstrual pain; central pain; pain due to burns; migraine or cluster headaches; nerve injury; neuritis; neuralgias; poisoning; ischemic injury; interstitial cystitis; cancer pain; viral, parasitic or bacterial infection; post-traumatic injury; or pain associated with irritable bowel syndrome.
  • the disease may be a respiratory disorder, such as chronic obstructive pulmonary disorder (COPD), asthma, or bronchospasm, or a gastrointestinal (GI) disorder such as Irritable Bowel Syndrome (IBS), Inflammatory Bowel Disease (IBD), biliary colic and other biliary disorders, renal colic, diarrhea-dominant IBS, pain associated with GI distension.
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disorder
  • GI gastrointestinal
  • IBS Irritable Bowel Syndrome
  • IBD Inflammatory Bowel Disease
  • biliary colic and other biliary disorders renal colic
  • diarrhea-dominant IBS pain associated with GI distension.
  • the starting materials and reagents used in preparing these compounds generally are either available from commercial suppliers, such as Aldrich Chemical Co., or are prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art following procedures set forth in standard references.
  • the following synthetic reaction schemes are merely illustrative of some methods by which the compounds of the present invention can be synthesized, and various modifications to these synthetic reaction schemes can be made and will be suggested to one skilled in the art having referred to the disclosure contained in this Application.
  • the starting materials and the intermediates of the synthetic reaction schemes can be isolated and purified if desired using conventional techniques, including but not limited to, filtration, distillation, crystallization, chromatography, and the like. Such materials can be characterized using conventional means, including physical constants and spectral data.
  • the reactions described herein preferably are conducted under an inert atmosphere at atmospheric pressure at a reaction temperature range of from about -78°C to about 150 0 C, more preferably from about 0 0 C to about 125°C, and most preferably and conveniently at about room (or ambient) temperature (RT), e.g., about 20 0 C.
  • nitrobenzoic acid a is subject to iodination under sulfuric acid conditions to afford io do -nitrobenzoic acid b.
  • Benzoic acid compound b is reacted with arylboronic acid compound c in the presence of tetrakis-(triphenylphosphine)palladium catalyst to afford biphenyl acid compound d.
  • the acid group of biphenyl acid d is protected by esterification in step 3 to form biphenyl acid methyl ester e.
  • Biphenyl ester e is then subject to reduction to form bi- phenylamine fin step 4.
  • step 5 An iodination reaction is carried out in step 5 by treating biphenyl- amine f with methylene iodide or like iodination reagent to afford iodo compound g.
  • step 6 the ester group of compoung g is hydro lyzed to give acid compound h.
  • step 7 an amide formation is achieved by reaction of biphenyl iodo compound h with amine i in the presence of carbodiimide, to afford compound j.
  • Compound j is then reacted with heteroaryl reagent k, to yield compound m, which is a compound of formula I in accordance with the invention.
  • Hetero- aryl reagent k may comprise a pyrrole, imidazol, pyrazol or triazol.
  • Y in certain embodiments may be halo, and in other embodiments may be -B(OH) 2 . In still other embodiments, Y may be absent.
  • step 3 may be replaced by other lower alkyl esters by use of the appropriate alcohol in step 3.
  • step 8 may be carried out prior to steps 6 and 7, so that iodobiphenyl compound g is reacted with reagent k.
  • the resulting heteoraryl- substituted compound (not shown) then undergoes ester hydrolyisis as in step 6, followed by amide formation as in step 7, to provide compound m.
  • the amide formation of step 7 may be carried out at an earlier point in the sequence of events of Scheme A.
  • the subject compounds may be prepared by the procedure of Scheme B, wherein X, R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 11 , R 12 and R d are as defined herein.
  • step 1 of Scheme B amine compound f (from Scheme A above) is treated with sodium nitrite in the presence of acid, followed by stannous chloride, to afford hydrazine compound n.
  • step 2 a mixture of amide compound g and dimethyl acetamide dimethyl acetal is reacted with hydrazine compound n to yield triazolyl compound p.
  • step 2 the amide g and acetal compound form an imine of formula s
  • step 3 which may be generated in situ in many embodiments, without being isolated.
  • the ester hydrolysis of step 3 and amide formation of step 4 are carried out as described above for steps 6 and 7 of Scheme A.
  • the compounds of the invention are usable for the treatment of a wide range of genitorurinary diseases, conditions and disorders, including urinary tract disease states associated with bladder outlet obstruction and urinary incontinence conditions such as reduced bladder capacity, frequency of micturition, urge incontinence, stress incontinence, bladder hyperreactivity, benign prostatic hypertrophy (BPH), prostatitis, detrusor hyperreflexia, urinary frequency, nocturia, urinary urgency, overactive bladder, pelvic hypersensitivity, urethritis, prostatitits, pelvic pain syndrome, prostatodynia, cystitis, and idiophatic bladder hypersensitivity, and other symptoms related to overactive bladder.
  • urinary tract disease states associated with bladder outlet obstruction and urinary incontinence conditions such as reduced bladder capacity, frequency of micturition, urge incontinence, stress incontinence, bladder hyperreactivity, benign prostatic hypertrophy (BPH), prostatitis, detrusor hyperreflexia, urinary frequency, nocturia,
  • the compounds of the invention are expected to find utility as analgesics in the treatment of diseases and conditions associated with pain from a wide variety of causes, including, but not limited to, inflammatory pain such as pain associated with arthritis (including rheumatoid arthritis and osteoarthritis), surgical pain, visceral pain, dental pain, premenstrual pain, central pain, pain due to burns, migraine or cluster headaches, nerve injury, neuritis, neuralgias, poisoning, ischemic injury, interstitial cystitis, cancer pain, viral, parasitic or bacterial infection, post-traumatic injuries (including fractures and sports injuries), and pain associated with functional bowel disorders such as irritable bowel syndrome.
  • inflammatory pain such as pain associated with arthritis (including rheumatoid arthritis and osteoarthritis)
  • surgical pain visceral pain
  • dental pain including premenstrual pain
  • central pain pain due to burns, migraine or cluster headaches
  • nerve injury neuritis
  • neuralgias poisoning
  • ischemic injury interstitial
  • compounds of the invention are useful for treating respiratory disorders, including chronic obstructive pulmonary disorder (COPD), asthma, bronchospasm, and the like. Additionally, compounds of the invention are useful for treating gastrointestinal disorders, including Irritable Bowel Syndrome (IBS), Inflammatory Bowel Disease (IBD), biliary colic and other biliary disorders, renal colic, diarrhea-dominant IBS, pain associated with GI distension, and the like.
  • IBS Irritable Bowel Syndrome
  • IBD Inflammatory Bowel Disease
  • biliary colic and other biliary disorders renal colic
  • diarrhea-dominant IBS pain associated with GI distension, and the like.
  • the invention includes pharmaceutical compositions comprising at least one compound of the present invention, or an individual isomer, racemic or non-racemic mixture of isomers or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, together with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and optionally other therapeutic and/or prophylactic ingredients.
  • the compounds of the invention will be administered in a therapeutically effective amount by any of the accepted modes of administration for agents that serve similar utilities. Suitable dosage ranges are typically 1-500 mg daily, preferably 1-100 mg daily, and most preferably 1-30 mg daily, depending upon numerous factors such as the severity of the disease to be treated, the age and relative health of the subject, the potency of the compound used, the route and form of administration, the indication towards which the administration is directed, and the preferences and experience of the medical practitioner involved.
  • One of ordinary skill in the art of treating such diseases will be able, without undue experimentation and in reliance upon personal knowledge and the disclosure of this Application, to ascertain a therapeutically effective amount of the compounds of the present invention for a given disease.
  • Compounds of the invention may be administered as pharmaceutical formulations including those suitable for oral (including buccal and sub-lingual), rectal, nasal, topical, pulmonary, vaginal, or parenteral (including intramuscular, intraarterial, intrathecal, subcutaneous and intravenous) administration or in a form suitable for administration by inhalation or insufflation.
  • the preferred manner of administration is generally oral using a convenient daily dosage regimen which can be adjusted according to the degree of affliction.
  • a compound or compounds of the invention, together with one or more conventional adjuvants, carriers, or diluents, may be placed into the form of pharmaceutical compositions and unit dosages.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions and unit dosage forms may be comprised of conventional ingredients in conventional proportions, with or without additional active compounds or principles, and the unit dosage forms may contain any suitable effective amount of the active ingredient commensurate with the intended daily dosage range to be employed.
  • compositions may be employed as solids, such as tablets or filled capsules, semisolids, powders, sustained release formulations, or liquids such as solutions, suspensions, emulsions, elixirs, or filled capsules for oral use; or in the form of suppositories for rectal or vaginal administration; or in the form of sterile injectable solutions for parenteral use.
  • Formulations containing about one (1) milligram of active ingredient or, more broadly, about 0.01 to about one hundred (100) milligrams, per tablet, are accordingly suitable representative unit dosage forms.
  • the compounds of the invention may be formulated in a wide variety of oral administration dosage forms.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms may comprise a compound or compounds of the present invention or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof as the active component.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable carriers may be either solid or liquid. Solid form preparations include powders, tablets, pills, capsules, cachets, suppositories, and dispersible granules.
  • a solid carrier may be one or more substances which may also act as diluents, flavouring agents, solubilizers, lubricants, suspending agents, binders, preservatives, tablet disintegrating agents, or an encapsulating material.
  • the carrier In powders, the carrier generally is a finely divided solid which is a mixture with the finely divided active component.
  • the active component In tablets, the active component generally is mixed with the carrier having the necessary binding capacity in suitable proportions and compacted in the shape and size desired.
  • the powders and tablets preferably contain from about one (1) to about seventy (70) percent of the active compound.
  • Suitable carriers include but are not limited to magnesium carbonate, magnesium stearate, talc, sugar, lactose, pectin, dextrin, starch, gelatine, tragacanth, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethyl- cellulose, a low melting wax, cocoa butter, and the like.
  • preparation is intended to include the formulation of the active compound with encapsulating material as carrier, providing a capsule in which the active component, with or without carriers, is surrounded by a carrier, which is in association with it.
  • carrier which is in association with it.
  • cachets and lozenges are included. Tablets, powders, capsules, pills, cachets, and lozenges may be as solid forms suitable for oral administration.
  • liquid form preparations including emulsions, syrups, elixirs, aqueous solutions, aqueous suspensions, or solid form preparations which are intended to be converted shortly before use to liquid form preparations.
  • Emulsions may be prepared in solutions, e.g., in aqueous propylene glycol solutions or may contain emulsifying agents, e.g., such as lecithin, sorbitan monooleate, or acacia.
  • Aqueous solutions can be prepared by dissolving the active component in water and adding suitable colorants, flavors, stabilizers, and thickening agents.
  • Aqueous suspensions can be prepared by dispersing the finely divided active component in water with viscous material, such as natural or synthetic gums, resins, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and other well known suspending agents.
  • Solid form preparations include solutions, suspensions, and emulsions, and may contain, in addition to the active component, colorants, flavors, stabilizers, buffers, artificial and natural sweeteners, dispersants, thickeners, solubilizing agents, and the like.
  • the compounds of the invention may be formulated for parenteral administration (e.g., by injection, e.g. bolus injection or continuous infusion) and may be presented in unit dose form in ampoules, pre-filled syringes, small volume infusion or in multi-dose containers with an added preservative.
  • the compositions may take such forms as suspensions, solutions, or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, e.g. solutions in aqueous polyethylene glycol.
  • oily or nonaqueous carriers, diluents, solvents or vehicles examples include propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, vegetable oils (e.g., olive oil), and injectable organic esters (e.g., ethyl oleate), and may contain formulatory agents such as preserving, wetting, emulsifying or suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents.
  • the active ingredient may be in powder form, obtained by aseptic isolation of sterile solid or by lyophilization from solution for constitution before use with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile, pyrogen-free water.
  • the compounds of the invention may be formulated for topical administration to the epidermis as ointments, creams or lotions, or as a transdermal patch.
  • Ointments and creams may, e.g., be formulated with an aqueous or oily base with the addition of suitable thickening and/or gelling agents.
  • Lotions may be formulated with an aqueous or oily base and will in general also containing one or more emulsifying agents, stabilizing agents, dispersing agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, or coloring agents.
  • Formulations suitable for topical administration in the mouth include lozenges comprising active agents in a flavored base, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth; pastilles comprising the active ingredient in an inert base such as gelatine and glycerine or sucrose and acacia; and mouthwashes comprising the active ingredient in a suitable liquid carrier.
  • the compounds of the invention may be formulated for administration as suppositories.
  • a low melting wax such as a mixture of fatty acid glycerides or cocoa butter is first melted and the active component is dispersed homogeneously, e.g., by stirring. The molten homogeneous mixture is then poured into convenient sized molds, allowed to cool, and to solidify.
  • the compounds of the invention may be formulated for vaginal administration. Pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or sprays containing in addition to the active ingredient such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
  • the subject compounds may be formulated for nasal administration.
  • the solutions or suspensions are applied directly to the nasal cavity by conventional means, e.g., with a dropper, pipette or spray.
  • the formulations may be provided in a single or multidose form. In the latter case of a dropper or pipette, this may be achieved by the patient administering an appropriate, predetermined volume of the solution or suspension. In the case of a spray, this may be achieved e.g. by means of a metering atomizing spray pump.
  • the compounds of the invention may be formulated for aerosol administration, particularly to the respiratory tract and including intranasal administration.
  • the compound will generally have a small particle size e.g. of the order of five (5) microns or less. Such a particle size may be obtained by means known in the art, e.g. by micronization.
  • the active ingredient is provided in a pressurized pack with a suitable propellant such as a chlorofluoro carbon (CFC), e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, or dichlorotetrafluoroethane, or carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • CFC chlorofluoro carbon
  • the aerosol may conveniently also contain a surfactant such as lecithin.
  • the dose of drug may be controlled by a metered valve.
  • the active ingredients may be provided in a form of a dry powder, e.g. a powder mix of the compound in a suitable powder base such as lactose, starch, starch derivatives such as hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose and polyvinylpyrrolidine (PVP).
  • the powder carrier will form a gel in the nasal cavity.
  • the powder composition may be presented in unit dose form e.g. in capsules or cartridges of e.g., gelatine or blister packs from which the powder may be administered by means of an inhaler.
  • formulations can be prepared with enteric coatings adapted for sustained or controlled release administration of the active ingredient.
  • the compounds of the pre- sent invention can be formulated in transdermal or subcutaneous drug delivery devices. These delivery systems are advantageous when sustained release of the compound is necessary and when patient compliance with a treatment regimen is crucial.
  • Compounds in transdermal delivery systems are frequently attached to an skin-adhesive solid support.
  • the compound of interest can also be combined with a penetration enhancer, e.g., Azone (1-dodecylazacyclo- heptan-2-one).
  • Sustained release delivery systems are inserted subcutaneous Iy into the sub- dermal layer by surgery or injection.
  • the subdermal implants encapsulate the compound in a lipid soluble membrane, e.g., silicone rubber, or a biodegradable polymer, e.g., polylactic acid.
  • the pharmaceutical preparations are preferably in unit dosage forms. In such form, the preparation is subdivided into unit doses containing appropriate quantities of the active component.
  • the unit dosage form can be a packaged preparation, the package containing discrete quantities of preparation, such as packeted tablets, capsules, and powders in vials or ampoules. Also, the unit dosage form can be a capsule, tablet, cachet, or lozenge itself, or it can be the appropriate number of any of these in packaged form.
  • reaction which produces the indicated and/or the desired product may not necessarily result directly from the combination of two reagents which were initially added, i.e., there may be one or more intermediates which are produced in the mixture which ultimately leads to the formation of the indicated and/or the desired product.
  • the following abbreviations may be used in the Preparations and Examples.
  • DBU l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene
  • DCM dichloromethane/methylene; chloride
  • DMF N,N-dimethylformamide
  • DMAP 4-dimethylaminopyridine
  • EDCI l-ethyl-3- (3'-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide
  • EtOAc ethyl acetate
  • EtOH ethanol
  • gc gas chromatography
  • HMPA hexamethylphosphoramide
  • HOBt N-Hydroxybenzotriazole
  • hplc high performance liquid chromatography
  • mCPBA m-chloroperbenzoic acid
  • MeCN acetonitrile
  • NMM N-methyl-morpholine
  • NMP N-methyl pyrrolidinone
  • TEA triethylamine
  • THF tetrahydrofuran
  • LDA lithium diis
  • Step 1 (l-Methyl-2-oxo-2-thiomorpholin-4-yl-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
  • 2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid 3.5 g, 18.5 mmol
  • HOBt 22.2 mmol
  • NMP 22.2 mmol
  • EDCI 22.2 mmol
  • CH 2 Cl 2 thiomorpholine (2.29 g, 22.2 mmol) at 0 0 C.
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at 0 0 C overnight, then washed with 2% aqueous NaOH, water, brine, and dried over Na 2 SO 4 .
  • Step 2 [2-(l,l-Dioxo-llambda*6*-thiomorpholin-4-yl)-l-methyl-2-oxo-ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
  • Step 3 2-Amino- 1 -(1 , 1 -dioxo- 1 lambda*6*-thiomorpholin-4-yl)-propan- 1 -one
  • Step 4 (S)-2-(l , 1 -Dioxo- 1 lambda*6*-thiomorpholin-4-yl)- 1 -methyl- ethylamine
  • 2-Amino-l-(l,l-dioxo-llambda !i: 6 !i: -thiomorpholin-4-yl)-propan-l-one (6.0 g, 18.2 mmol) and BH 3 (1 M in THF, 110 mL) was heated to reflux for 48 h, then cooled to RT and quenched by MeOH. The volatile was was removed under vacuum. 2 N HCl (100 mL) was added to the residue and heated to reflux for 18 h.
  • l-pyridin-2-yl-ethylamine l-pyridin-3-yl-ethylamine, l-pyridin-4-yl-ethylamine, l-(2- fluoro-phenyl)-ethylamine, l-(3-Fluoro-phenyl)-ethylamine, l-(4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)- ethylamine, l-thien-3-yl-ethylamine, l-furan-2-yl-ethylamine, l-(5-methyl-furan)-2-yl- ethylamine, l-thiazol-2-yl-ethylamine, l-thien-2-yl-ethylamine, l-pyrimidin-2-yl-ethylamine, C- (6-
  • Step 1 3-Iodo-5-nitro-benzoic acid
  • iodine 137.95 g , 0.5436 mmol
  • fuming sulfuric acid 250 ml
  • m-nitrobenzoic acid 64.6 g , 0.3866 mmol
  • the reaction mixture was slowly heated to 85°C overs 2 hours and stirred at the same temperature for another 12 hours.
  • the reaction mixture was cooled to RT and poured into ice, and the aqueous solution was extracted with dichloromethane.
  • the organic phase was separated and washed with water, 2.0 M solution OfNa 2 S 2 Os and brine, and then dried over Na 2 SO 4 .
  • Solvent was removed under reduced pressure to yield 3-iodo-5-nitrobenzoic acid as slight yellow solid 111 g, yield 98%.
  • MS (M+H) 294.
  • Step 2 4'-Methyl-5-nitro-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid
  • 3-iodo-5-nitrobenzoic acid (15.48 g, 52.83 mmol) and Pd(Ph 3 P) 4 (1.84 g , 1.69 mmol) in 300 ml of toluene and 50 ml of ethanol was added p-tolylboronic acid (7.87 g , 58.11 mmol) and a solution OfCs 2 CO 3 (18.89 g , 58.11 mmol) in 20 ml water at RT. The reaction was brought to reflux for 18 hours and then cooled to RT.
  • Step 3 4'-Methyl-5-nitro-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (2-methoxy-l-methyl-ethyl)-amide EDCI (16.17 g, 84.38 mmol) was added portion wise to a stirred solution of 4'-methyl-5-nitro- biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (15.49 g, 60.27 mmol), HOBt (11.44 g, 84.38 mmol) and 2-amino-l- methoxy-1 -propane (7 ml, 66.31 mmol) in NMP (9.29 ml, 84.38 mmol), CH 2 C1 2 (18O ml) and DMF (20 ml) at 0 0 C.
  • Step 4 5-Amino-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (2-methoxy-l-methyl-ethyl)-amide
  • SnCl 2 117 mmol
  • Step 5 5-Iodo-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (2-methoxy-l-methyl-ethyl)-amide
  • Step 2 3-Nitro-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester
  • 3-iodo-5-nitro-benzoic acid methyl ester (10 g, 0.0326 mol), bis(pinacolato)- diboron (9.1 g, 0.0358 mol), KOAc (9.5 9g, 0.098 mol) and PdCl 2 (dppf) (798 mg, 0.98 mmol) in DMSO (40 ml) was heated to 80 0 C for 4 hours under N 2 atmosphere. The mixture was cooled to RT and extracted with Et 2 O.
  • Step 4 3-Amino-5-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester
  • SnCl 2 11.15g, 58.8 mmol
  • the reaction mixture was refluxed for 3 hours and then cooled.
  • the mixture was extracted with CH 2 Cl 2 , and the organic phase was washed with water, brine, and dried over Na 2 SO 4 .
  • the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give 3-mmino-5-(5-methyl- pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester (3.2g, 90%) as white solid.
  • Step 1 3-Bromo-5-(4A5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester 3-Bromo-5-iodo-benzoic acid methyl ester (14.16 g, 41.53 mmol), bis(pinacolato)-diborane (11.60 g, 45.7 mmol), PdCl 2 (dppf) 2 (1.02 g, 1.256 mmol) and potassium acetate (12.22 g, 124.6 mmol) were addded to 50 mL of DMSO, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 80 0 C for 20 hours, then cooled to RT.
  • reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with di- ethyl ether.
  • the combined organic extracts were dried over Mg SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 18.5 g of 3-bromo-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2- yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester, which was used directly in the next step without further purification.
  • Step 2 3-Bromo-5-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester
  • 2-bromo-5-methyl-pyridine 10.27 g, 59.68 mmol
  • palladium tetrakis(tri- phenylphosphine) (1.88 g, 1.65 mmol) in 300 mL DME was stirred at 6O 0 C under nitrogen for 30 minutes.
  • Example 1 4'-Methyl-5-[l,2,3]triazol-l-yl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (2-methoxy-l- methyl-ethyl)-amide
  • Step 1 5-Azido-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (2-methoxy-l-methyl-ethyl)-amide
  • a solution of 5-amino-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (2-methoxy-l-methyl-ethyl)- amide 500 mg, 1.68 mmol
  • a solution OfNaNO 2 21.47 mmol, 1.49g
  • water (10 mL)at 0 0 C was stirred at 0 0 C for 10 minutes and a solution OfNaN 3 (44.43 mmol, 2.89g) in water (10 mL) was added.
  • Step 2 4'-Methyl-5-[ 1 ,2,3]triazol- 1 -yl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (2-methoxy- 1 -methyl- ethvD-amide
  • Step 1 5-Hydrazino-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (2-methoxy- l-methyl-ethyl)-amide
  • 5-Amino-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (2-methoxy- l-methyl-ethyl)-amide was disoved in 6 mL of concentrated HCl and stirred for 15 minutes at 0 0 C.
  • To the reaction mixture was added a solution OfNaNO 2 (138 mg, 2 mmol) in water (1.5 mL) dropwise at 0 0 C.
  • Step 2 4'-Methyl-5-[l,2,3]triazol-2-yl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (2-methoxy-l-methyl-ethyl)- amide
  • glyoxal 50% aqueous solution, 1 mL
  • 50% aqueous acetic acid 2 mL
  • Step 2 5-(5-Isopropyl-[ 1 ,2,4]triazol- 1 -yl)-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid
  • 5-(5-Isopropyl-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl)-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester was hydro lysed with LiOH following the procedure of step 2, Example 8, to give 5-(5-Isopropyl- [ 1 ,2,4]triazol- 1 -yl)-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid.
  • Step 1 5-[5-(l-Hydroxy-ethyl)-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl]-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester
  • 2-hydroxy-propionamide 1.0 g, 11.2 mmol
  • N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal 1.06 g, 8.96 mmol
  • dimethyl glycol 6 mL
  • Step 3 5-[5-(l-Methoxy-ethyl)-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl]-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid
  • 5-[5-(l-Methoxy-ethyl)-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl]-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester was hydro lysed with LiOH following the procedure of step 2, Example 8, to give 5-[5-(l- methoxy-ethyl)-[ 1 ,2,4]triazol- 1 -yl]-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid.
  • Step 4 5-[5-(l -Methoxy-ethyl)-[ 1 ,2,4]triazol- 1 -yl]-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid
  • Step 1 5-Isopropyl- 1 -(5-methoxycarbonyl-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-yl)- lH-[ 1 ,2,3]triazole-4- carboxylic acid ethyl ester
  • the 5-azido-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester used in this step was prepared from 5-amino-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester using the procedure of step 1 of Example 4.
  • Step 3 5-(5-Isopropyl-[l,2,3]triazol-l-yl)-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid
  • the l-(5-carboxy-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-yl)-5-isopropyl-lH-[l,2,3]triazole-4-carboxylic acid from step 2 was heated to 170 0 C until no further carbon dioxide was released.
  • the reaction mixture was cooled to RT, and the resulting crude 5-(5-Isopropyl-[l,2,3]triazol-l-yl)-4'-methyl- biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid was used directly in the next step without further purification.
  • Step 4 5-(5-Isopropyl-[ 1 ,2,3]triazol- 1 -yl)-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (1 -pyrazin-
  • Step 1 3-Hydrazino-5-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester
  • 3-Amino-5-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester (1.0 g, 4 mmol) was suspended in 16 mL concentrated aqueous HCl, and the mixture was cooled to O 0 C.
  • a solution of sodium nitrite (0.30 g) in water ( 3 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 0 0 C for 45 minutes.
  • a solution Of SnCl 2 hydrate (2.34 g) in 5 mL concentrated aqueous HCl was then added.
  • the reaction mixture was stirred for one hour at RT, then filtered.
  • the collected solide was washed with water and dried to give 1.80 g of 3-hydrazino-5-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester as a white powder.
  • Step 2 3-(5-Isopropyl-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl)-5-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester
  • Isobutyramide (6.02 g, 69 mmol) and DMFDMA (9.22 mL) were added to 10 mL of DMA in a first flask, and the mixture was heated to 80 0 C with stirring for one hour.
  • a suspension of 3-hydrazino-5-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester (6.42 g, 23 mmol) was suspended in acetic acid and heated t 8O 0 C.
  • Step 3 3-(5-Isopropyl-[ 1 ,2,4]triazol- 1 -yl)-5-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid 3-(5-Isopropyl-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl)-5-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester (2.0 g, 6 mmol) was dissolved in 30 mL MeOH, and 2.0 mL of 3N aqueous NaOH was added.
  • Step 4 3-(5-Isopropyl-[ 1 ,2,4]triazol- 1 -yl)-N-(5-methyl-pyrazin-2-ylmethyl)-5-(5-methyl- pyridin-2-yl)-benzamide
  • Step 1 N-(5-Methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-5-(5-trifluoromethyl-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester
  • Trifluoroacetamide (4.7Og, 40 mmol) was dissolved in 15 mL DME in a first flask, and 5.53 mL of DMF DMA was added. The mixture was stirred at RT for 30 minutes, and then solvent was removed under reduced pressure.
  • toluene sulfonic acid 11.85 g, 60 mmol
  • 3-hydrazino-5-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester 6.08 g, 20 mmol
  • the contents of the first flask were added to the contents of the second flask, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 70 0 C for two hours.
  • the reaction mixture was cooled to RT and partitioned between water and EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed wtih water, dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • Step 2 N-(5-Methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-5-(5-trifluoromethyl-[ 1 ,2,4]triazol- 1 -yl)-benzoic acid N-(5-Methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-5-(5-trifluoromethyl-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester (1.44 g) was dissolved in a mixture of MeOH and THF (20 mL of each) together with 2 mL of 3N aqueous NaOH. The mixture was stirred 18 hours at RT, then cooled to 0 0 C and acidified with 10% aqueous HCl to a pH of about 4.
  • the isobutyric acid hydrazide used in this example was prepared from isobutyric acid chloride and hydrazine hydrate following the procedure of Org. Synth. Vol. 81 p. 254 (2005).
  • Isobutyric acid hydrazide (55 mg, 5.34 mmol) and l,l-dimethoxy-ethyl)-dimethyl-amine (774 mg, 5.81 mmol) were added to 6 mL CH3CN and the mixture was heated to 5O 0 C and stirred for 30 minutes.
  • 5-Amino-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (1.0 g, 4.15 mmol) was added, followed by 6 mL of acetic acid.
  • Step 2 5-(3-Isopropyl-5-methyl-[l,2,4]triazol-4-yl)-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid
  • 5-(3-Isopropyl-5-methyl-[l,2,4]triazol-4-yl)-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid was prepared by basic hydrolysis of 5-(3-Isopropyl-5-methyl-[ 1 ,2,4]triazol-4-yl)-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3- carboxylic acid methyl ester following the procedure of step 3 of Example 4.
  • composition for Oral Administration The ingredients are mixed and dispensed into capsules containing about 100 mg each; one capsule would approximate a total daily dosage.
  • the ingredients are combined and granulated using a solvent such as methanol.
  • the formulation is then dried and formed into tablets (containing about 20 mg of active compound) with an appropriate tablet machine.
  • the ingredients are mixed to form a suspension for oral administration.
  • the active ingredient is dissolved in a portion of the water for injection. A sufficient quantity of sodium chloride is then added with stirring to make the solution isotonic. The solution is made up to weight with the remainder of the water for injection, filtered through a 0.2 micron membrane filter and packaged under sterile conditions.
  • the ingredients are melted together and mixed on a steam bath, and poured into molds containing 2.5 g total weight.
  • aqueous suspensions containing from about 0.025-0.5 percent active compound are prepared as nasal spray formulations.
  • the formulations optionally contain inactive ingredients such as, e.g., micro crystalline cellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, dextrose, and the like.
  • Hydrochloric acid may be added to adjust pH.
  • the nasal spray formulations may be delivered via a nasal spray metered pump typically delivering about 50-100 microliters of formulation per actuation.
  • a typical dosing schedule is 2-4 sprays every 4-12 hours.
  • CHO-Kl cells were transfected with cloned rat P2X 3 or human P2X 2/3 receptor subunits and passaged in flasks. 18-24 hours before the FLIPR experiment, cells were released from their flasks, centrifuged, and resuspended in nutrient medium at 2.5 x 10 5 cells/ml. The cells were aliquoted into black- walled 96-well plates at a density of 50,000 cells/well and incubated overnight in 5% CO 2 at 37 0 C.
  • Test compounds dissolved in DMSO at 10 mM and serially diluted with FB or vehicle were added to each well (25 ⁇ l of a 4X solution) and allowed to equilibrate for 20 minutes at RT. The plates were then placed in the FLIPR and a baseline fluorescence measurement (excitation at 488 nm and emission at 510-570 nm) was obtained for 10 seconds before a 100 ⁇ l/well agonist or vehicle addition.
  • the agonist was a 2X solution of ⁇ , ⁇ -meATP producing a final concentration of 1 ⁇ M (P2X3) or 5 ⁇ M (P2X 2 /3). Fluorescence was measured for an additional 2 minutes at 1 second intervals after agonist addition.
  • OVA ovalbumin
  • Lung function is evaluated on day 23 using the Buxco system to measure PenH in response to an aerosol methacholine challenge. Mice are then euthanized and plasma samples collected at the end of the study.
  • mice Female Sprague-Dawley rats (200-30Og) were anesthetized with urethane (1.5 g/kg, sc). The animals were tracheotomized, and a carotid artery and femoral vein were cannulated for blood pressure measurement and drug administration, respectively. A laparotomy was performed and the ureters were ligated and transected proximal to the ligation. The external urethral meatus was ligated with silk suture and the urinary bladder was cannulated via the dome for saline infusion and bladder pressure measurement.
  • the bladder was infused with RT saline at 100 ⁇ l/min until continuous volume-induced bladder contractions (VIBCs) were observed.
  • VIBCs volume-induced bladder contractions
  • the infusion rate was then lowered to 3-5 ⁇ l/min for 30 minutes before the bladder was drained and allowed to rest for 30 minutes. All subsequent infusions were performed as indicated except the lower infusion rate was maintained for only 15 minutes instead of 30 minutes.
  • Bladder filling and draining cycles were repeated until the threshold volumes (TV; the volume needed to trigger the first micturition bladder contraction) varied by less than 10% for two consecutive baselines and contraction frequency was within 2 contractions for a 10 minute period following the slower infusion rate.
  • TV threshold volumes
  • VIBCs the bladder was drained and the animal was dosed with drug or vehicle (0.5 ml/kg, i.v.) 3 minutes prior to the start of the next scheduled infusion.
  • mice Male Sprague Dawley rats (180-220 g) are placed in individual Plexiglas cylinders and allowed to acclimate to the testing environment for 30 min. Vehicle, drug or positive control (morphine 2 mg/kg) is administered subcutaneously at 5 ml/kg. 15 min post dosing, formalin (5% in 50 ⁇ ) is injected into plantar surface of the right hind paw using a 26-gauge needle. Rats are immediately put back to the observation chamber. Mirrors placed around the chamber allow unhindered observation of the formalin- injected paw. The duration of nociphensive behavior of each animal is recorded by a blinded observer using an automated behavioral timer.
  • Vehicle, drug or positive control morphine 2 mg/kg
  • formalin 5% in 50 ⁇
  • Rats are immediately put back to the observation chamber.
  • Mirrors placed around the chamber allow unhindered observation of the formalin- injected paw.
  • the duration of nociphensive behavior of each animal is recorded by a blind
  • Hindpaw licking and shaking / lifting are recorded separately in 5 min bin, for a total of 60 min.
  • the sum of time spent licking or shaking in seconds from time 0 to 5 min is considered the early phase, whereas the late phase is taken as the sum of seconds spent licking or shaking from 15 to 40 min.
  • a plasma sample is collected.
  • Rats Male male Sprague-Dawley rats (350-425 g; Harlan, Indianapolis, IN) are housed 1-2 per cage in an animal care facility. Rats are deeply anesthetized with pentobarbital sodium (45 mg/kg) administered intraperitoneally. Electrodes are placed and secured into the external oblique musculature for electromyographic (EMG) recording. Electrode leads are tunneled subcutaneously and exteriorized at the nape of the neck for future access. After surgery, rats are housed separately and allowed to recuperate for 4-5 days prior to testing.
  • EMG electromyographic
  • the descending colon and rectum are distended by pressure-controlled inflation of a 7-8 cm- long flexible latex balloon tied around a flexible tube.
  • the balloon is lubricated, inserted into the colon via the anus, and anchored by taping the balloon catheter to the base of the tail.
  • Colorectal distension (CRD) is achieved by opening a solenoid gate to a constant pressure air reservoir.
  • Intracolonic pressure is controlled and continuously monitored by a pressure control device.
  • Response is quantified as the visceromotor response (VMR), a contraction of the abdominal and hindlimb musculature.
  • EMG activity produced by contraction of the external oblique musculature is quantified using Spike2 software (Cambridge Electronic Design). Each distension trial lasts 60 sec, and EMG activity is quantified for 20 sec before distension
  • Compounds are evaluated for effects on responses to colon distension initially in a model of acute visceral nociception and a model of colon hypersensitivity produced by intracolonic treatment with zymosan (1 mL, 25 mg/mL) instilled into the colon with a gavage needle inserted to a depth of about 6 cm.
  • Experimental groups will consist of 8 rats each.
  • Acute visceral nociception For testing effects of drug on acute visceral nociception, 1 of 3 doses of drug, vehicle or positive control (morphine, 2.5 mg/kg) are administered after baseline responses are established; responses to distension are followed over the next 60-90 minutes.
  • Visceral hypersensitivity For testing effects of drug or vehicle after intraco Ionic treatment with zymosan, intracolonic treatment is given after baseline responses are established. Prior to drug testing at 4 hours, responses to distension are assessed to establish the presence of hypersensitivity. In zymosan-treated rats, administration of 1 of 3 doses of drug, vehicle or positive control (morphine, 2.5 mg/kg) are given 4 hours after zymosan treatment and responses to distension followed over the next 60-90 minutes.
  • Example 15 Cold allodynia in Rats with a Chronic Constriction Injury of the Sciatic Nerve
  • CCI chronic constriction injury
  • CCI CCI
  • rats are anesthetized; the trifurcation of the sciatic nerve is located and 4 ligatures (4-0, or 5-0 chromic gut) are placed circumferentially around the sciatic nerve proximal to the trifurcation.
  • the rats are then allowed to recover from the surgery.
  • the rats are initially assessed for cold -induced allodynia by individually placing the animals in the cold-water bath and recording the total lifts of the injured paw during a 1-min period of time: The injured paw is lifted out of the water. Paw lifts associated with locomotion or body repositioning are not recorded. Rats that displayed 5 lifts per min or more on day 4-7 following surgery are considered to exhibit cold allodynia and are used in subsequent studies.
  • vehicle, reference compound or compounds of this invention are administered subcutaneously (s.c.) 30 min before testing.
  • the effects of repeated administration of the compounds of this invention on cold allodynia are determined 14, 20 or 38 h following the last oral dose of the following regimen: oral (p.o.) administration of vehicle, reference or a compound of this invention at ⁇ 12 h intervals (BID) for 7 days.
  • Example 16 Cancer Bone Pain in C3H/HeJ Mice
  • NCTC 2472 tumor cells American Type Culture Collection, ATCC
  • ATCC American Type Culture Collection
  • Approximately 10 5 cells are injected directly into the medullary cavity of the distal femur in anesthetized C3H/HeJ mice.
  • mice are assessed for spontaneous nocifensive behaviors (flinching & guarding), palpation- evoked nocifensive behaviors (flinching & guarding), forced ambultory guarding and limb use.
  • the effects of compounds of this invention are determined following a single acute (s.c.) administration on Day 7 - Day 15.
  • the effects of repeated (BID) administration of compounds of this invention from Day 7 - Day 15 are determined within 1 hour of the first dose on Days 7, 9, 11, 13 and 15.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Reproductive Health (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Transplantation (AREA)
  • Gynecology & Obstetrics (AREA)
  • Pregnancy & Childbirth (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Compounds of the formula (I): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein, R1 is optionally substituted triazolyl, and R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7 and R8 are as defined herein. Also disclosed are methods of using the compounds for treating diseases associated with P2X3 and/or a P2X2/3 receptor antagonists and methods of making the compounds.

Description

TRIAZOLE-SUBSTITUTED ARYLAMIDE DERIVATIVES AND THEIR USE AS P2X3 AND /OR P2X2/3 PURINERGIC RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS
This invention pertains to compounds useful for treatment of diseases associated with P2X purin- ergic receptors, and more particularly to P2X3 and/or P2X2/3 antagonists usable for treatment of genitourinary, pain, inflammatory, gastrointestinal and respiratory diseases, conditions and disorders.
The urinary bladder is responsible for two important physiological functions: urine storage and urine emptying. This process involves two main steps: (1) the bladder fills progressively until the tension in its walls rises above a threshold level; and (2) a nervous reflex, called the micturition reflex, occurs that empties the bladder or, if this fails, at least causes a conscious desire to urinate. Although the micturition reflex is an autonomic spinal cord reflex, it can also be inhibited or mediated by centers in the cerebral cortex or brain.
Purines, acting via extracellular purinoreceptors, have been implicated as having a variety of physiological and pathological roles. (See, Burnstock (1993) Drug Dev. Res. 28:195-206.) ATP, and to a lesser extent, adenosine, can stimulate sensory nerve endings resulting in intense pain and a pronounced increase in sensory nerve discharge. ATP receptors have been classified into two major families, the P2Y- and P2X-purinoreceptors, on the basis of molecular structure, transduction mechanisms, and pharmacological characterization. The P2Y-purinoreceptors are G-protein coupled receptors, while the P2X-purinoreceptors are a family of ATP-gated cation channels. Purinergic receptors, in particular, P2X receptors, are known to form homomultimers or heteromultimers. To date, cDNAs for several P2X receptors subtypes have been cloned, in- eluding: six homomeric receptors, P2Xi; P2X2; P2X3; P2X4; P2X5; and P2X7; and three hetero- meric receptors P2X2/3, P2X4/6, P2Xi/5 (See, e.g., Chen et al. (1995) Nature 377:428-431; Lewis et al. (1995) Nature 377:432-435; and Burnstock (1997) Neurophamacol. 36:1127-1139). The structure and chromosomal mapping of mouse genomic P2X3 receptor subunit has also been described (Souslova et al. (1997) Gene 195:101-111). In vitro, co-expression of P2X2 and P2X3 receptor subunits is necessary to produce ATP-gated currents with the properties seen in some sensory neurons (Lewis et al. (1995) Nature 377:432-435). P2X receptor subunits are found on afferents in rodent and human bladder urothelium. Data exists suggesting that ATP may be released from epithelial/endothelial cells of the urinary bladder or other hollow organs as a result of distention (Burnstock (1999) J. Anatomy 194:335- 342; and Ferguson et al. (1997) J. Physiol. 505:503-511). ATP released in this manner may serve a role in conveying information to sensory neurons located in subepithelial components, e.g., suburothelial lamina propria (Namasivayam, et al. (1999) BJU Intl. 84:854-860). The P2X receptors have been studied in a number of neurons, including sensory, sympathetic, parasympathetic, mesenteric, and central neurons (Zhong, et al. (1998) Br. J. Pharmacol. 125:771-781). These studies indicate that purinergic receptors play a role in afferent neurotransmission from the bladder, and that modulators of P2X receptors are potentially useful in the treatment of bladder disorders and other genitourinary diseases or conditions.
Recent evidence also suggests a role of endogenous ATP and purinergic receptors in nociceptive responses in mice (Tsuda et al. (1999) Br. J. Pharmacol. 128:1497-1504). ATP-induced activation of P2X receptors on dorsal root ganglion nerve terminals in the spinal cord has been shown to stimulate release of glutamate, a key neurotransmitter involved in nociceptive signaling (Gu and MacDermott, Nature 389:749-753 (1997)). P2X3 receptors have been identified on nociceptive neurons in the tooth pulp (Cook et al., Nature 387:505-508 (1997)). ATP released from damaged cells may thus lead to pain by activating P2X3 and/or P2X2/3 containing receptors on nociceptive sensory nerve endings. This is consistent with the induction of pain by intradermally applied ATP in the human blister-base model (Bleehen, Br J Pharmacol 62:573-577 (1978)). P2X antagonists have been shown to be analgesic in animal models (Driessen and Starke, Naunyn Schmiedebergs Arch Pharmacol 350:618-625 (1994)). This evidence suggests that P2X2 and P2X3 are involved in nociception, and that modulators of P2X receptors are potentially useful as analgesics.
Other researchers have shown that P2X3 receptors are expressed in human colon, and are expressed at higher levels in inflamed colon than in normal colon (Yiangou et al, Neurogastro- enterol Mot (2001) 13:365-69). Other researchers have implicated the P2X3 receptor in detection of distension or intraluminal pressure in the intestine, and initiation of reflex contractions (Bian et al., J Physiol (2003) 551.1 :309-22), and have linked this to colitis (Wynn et al., Am J Physiol Gastrointest Liver Physiol (2004) 287:G647-57).
Brouns et al. (Am J Respir Cell MoI Biol (2000) 23:52-61) found that P2X3 receptors are expressed in pulmonary neuroepithelial bodies (NEBs), implicating the receptor in pain trans- mission in the lung. More recently, others have implicated P2X2 and P2X3 receptors in pθ2 detection in pulmonary NEBs (Rong et al, J Neurosci (2003) 23(36): 11315-21).
There is accordingly a need for compounds that act as modulators of P2X receptors, including antagonists of P2X3 and P2X2/3 receptors, as well as a need for methods of treating diseases, conditions and disorders mediated by P2X3 and/or P2X2/3 receptors. The present invention satisfies these needs as well as others.
The invention provides compounds of the formula I:
Figure imgf000004_0001
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein: R1 is optionally substituted triazo IyI;
R2 is optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted pyridinyl, optionally substituted pyrimidinyl, optionally substituted pyridazinyl or optionally substituted thiophenyl; R3 is hydrogen; Ci_6alkyl; hetero-Ci_6alkyl; or cyano; R4 is hydrogen; Ci_6alkyl; or hetero-Ci_6alkyl; or R3 and R4 together with the atom to which they are attached may form a C3_6 carbocyclic ring; R5 is Ci_6alkyl; hetero-Ci_6alkyl; halo-Ci_6alkyl; N-Ci_6alkylamino; N,N-di-(Ci_6alkyl)-amino;
C3_7Cycloalkyl; aryl; heteroaryl; heterocyclyl; C3_7cycloalkyl-Ci_6alkyl; heteroaryl-Ci_6alkyl; heterocyclyl-Ci_6alkyl; aryl-Ci_6alkyl; aryloxy-Ci_6alkyl; -(CRaRb)m-C(O)-R8' wherein m is
0 or 1; Ra and Rb each independently is hydrogen; or Ci_6alkyl; and R8 is hydrogen; Ci_6alkyl; hetero-Ci_6alkyl; C3-7cycloalkyl; aryl; heteroaryl; heterocyclyl; C3-7cycloalkyl-
Ci_6alkyl; aryl-Ci_6alkyl; heteroaryl-Ci_6alkyl; heterocyclyl-Ci_6alkyl; C3-7cycloalkyloxy; aryloxy; heteroaryloxy; heterocyclyloxy; C3-7cycloalkyloxy-Ci_6alkyl; aryloxy-Ci_6alkyl; heteroaryloxy-Ci_6alkyl; heterocyclyloxy-Ci_6alkyl; or -NR9R10, wherein R9 is hydrogen; or
Ci_6alkyl; and R10 is hydrogen; Ci_6alkyl; hetero-Ci_6alkyl; C3_7Cycloalkyl; aryl; heteroaryl; heterocyclyl; C3_7cycloalkyl-Ci_6alkyl; aryl-Ci_6alkyl; heteroaryl-Ci_6alkyl; or heterocyclyl-
Ci_6alkyl; or R4 and R5 together with the atom to which they are attached may form a C3_6 carbocyclic ring that is optionally substituted with hydroxy; or R4 and R5 together with the atom to which they are attached may form a C4-6 heterocyclic ring containing one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, N and S; or R3, R4 and R5 together with the atom to which they are attached may form a six-membered heteroaryl containing one or two nitrogen atoms, and which is optionally substituted with halo, amino or Ci_6alkyl; and
R6, R7 and R8 each independently is hydrogen; Ci_6alkyl; Ci_6alkyloxy; halo; Ci-βhaloalkyl; or cyano.
The invention also provides and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds, methods of using the compounds, and methods of preparing the compounds.
Unless otherwise stated, the following terms used in this Application, including the specification and claims, have the definitions given below. It must be noted that, as used in the specification and the appended claims, the singular forms "a", "an," and "the" include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
"Agonist" refers to a compound that enhances the activity of another compound or receptor site.
"Alkyl" means the monovalent linear or branched saturated hydrocarbon moiety, consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, having from one to twelve carbon atoms. "Lower alkyl" refers to an alkyl group of one to six carbon atoms, i.e. Ci-Cβalkyl. Examples of alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, n-hexyl, octyl, dodecyl, and the like.
"Alkenyl" means a linear monovalent hydrocarbon radical of two to six carbon atoms or a branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical of three to six carbon atoms, containing at least one double bond, e.g., ethenyl, propenyl, and the like.
"Alkynyl" means a linear monovalent hydrocarbon radical of two to six carbon atoms or a branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical of three to six carbon atoms, containing at least one triple bond, e.g., ethynyl, propynyl, and the like.
"Alkylene" means a linear saturated divalent hydrocarbon radical of one to six carbon atoms or a branched saturated divalent hydrocarbon radical of three to six carbon atoms, e.g., methylene, ethylene, 2,2-dimethylethylene, propylene, 2-methylpropylene, butylene, pentylene, and the like. "Alkoxy" and "alkyloxy", which may be used interchangeably, mean a moiety of the formula -OR, wherein R is an alkyl moiety as defined herein. Examples of alkoxy moieties include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, and the like.
"Alkoxyalkyl" means a moiety of the formula Ra-O-Rb-, where Ra is alkyl and Rb is alkylene as defined herein. Exemplary alkoxyalkyl groups include, by way of example, 2-methoxyethyl, 3-methoxypropyl, l-methyl-2-methoxyethyl, l-(2-methoxyethyl)-3-methoxypropyl, and l-(2- methoxyethyl)-3 -methoxypropyl.
"Alkylcarbonyl" means a moiety of the formula -R'-R", where R' is oxo and R" is alkyl as defined herein.
"Alkylsulfonyl" means a moiety of the formula -R'-R", where R' is -SO2- and R" is alkyl as defined herein.
"Alkylsulfonylalkyl means a moiety of the formula -R'-R"-R'" where where R' is alkylene, R" is -SO2- and R" is alkyl as defined herein.
"Amino means a moiety of the formula -NRR' wherein R and R' each independently is hyrdogen or alkyl as defined herein. "Amino thus includes "alkylamino (where one of R and R' is alkyl and the other is hydrogen) and "dialkylamino (where R and R' are both alkyl.
"Alkoxyamino" means a moiety of the formula -NR-OR wherein R is hydrogen or alkyl and R' is alkyl as defined herein.
"Alkylsulfanyl" means a moiety of the formula -SR wherein R is alkyl as defined herein.
"Aminoalkyl" means a group -R-R wherein R' is amino and R is alkylene as defined herein. "Aminoalkyl" includes aminomethyl, aminoethyl, 1-aminopropyl, 2-aminopropyl, and the like. The amino moiety of "aminoalkyl" may be substituted once or twice with alkyl to provide "alkyl- aminoalkyl" and "dialkylaminoalkyl" respectively. "Alkylaminoalkyl" includes methylamino- methyl, methylamino ethyl, methylaminopropyl, ethylamino ethyl and the like. "Dialkylamino- alkyl" includes dimethylaminomethyl, dimethylamino ethyl, dimethylaminopropyl, N-methyl-N- ethylamino ethyl, and the like.
"Aminoalkoxy" means a group -OR-R wherein R' is amino and R is alkylene as defined herein. "Alkylsulfonylamido" means a moiety of the formula -NRZSO2-R wherein R is alkyl and R is hydrogen or alkyl.
"Aminocarbonyloxyalkyl" or "carbamylalkyl" means a group of the formula -R-O-C(O)-NRR" wherein R is alkylene and R', R" each independently is hydrogen or alkyl as defined herein.
"Alkynylalkoxy" means a group of the formula -0-R-R wherein R is alkylene and R' is alkynyl as defined herein.
"Antagonist" refers to a compound that diminishes or prevents the action of another compound or receptor site.
"Aryl" means a monovalent cyclic aromatic hydrocarbon moiety consisting of a mono-, bi- or tricyclic aromatic ring. The aryl group can be optionally substituted as defined herein. Examples of aryl moieties include, but are not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, indenyl, pentalenyl, azulenyl, oxydiphenyl, biphenyl, methylenediphenyl, amino di- phenyl, diphenylsulfϊdyl, diphenylsulfonyl, diphenylisopropylidenyl, benzodioxanyl, benzo- furanyl, benzodioxylyl, benzopyranyl, benzoxazinyl, benzoxazinonyl, benzopiperadinyl, benzo- piperazinyl, benzopyrrolidinyl, benzomorpholinyl, methylenedioxyphenyl, ethylenedioxyphenyl, and the like, including partially hydrogenated derivatives thereof, each being optionally substituted.
"Arylalkyl" and "Aralkyl", which may be used interchangeably, mean a radical- RaRb where Ra is an alkylene group and Rb is an aryl group as defined herein; e.g., phenylalkyls such as benzyl, phenylethyl, 3-(3-chlorophenyl)-2-methylpentyl, and the like are examples of arylalkyl.
"Arylsulfonyl means a group of the formula -SO2-R wherein R is aryl as defined herein.
"Aryloxy" means a group of the formula -O-R wherein R is aryl as defined herein.
"Aralkyloxy" means a group of the formula -0-R-R" wherein R is alkylene and R' is aryl as defined herein.
"Cyanoalkyl" " means a moiety of the formula -R'-R", where R' is alkylene as defined herein and R" is cyano or nitrile.
"Cycloalkyl" means a monovalent saturated carbocyclic moiety consisting of mono- or bicyclic rings. Cycloalkyl can optionally be substituted with one or more substituents, wherein each sub- stituent is independently hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, halo, haloalkyl, amino, mono alky lamino, or di- alkylamino, unless otherwise specifically indicated. Examples of cycloalkyl moieties include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and the like, including partially unsaturated derivatives thereof.
"Cycloalkylalkyl" means a moiety of the formula -R'-R", where R' is alkylene and R" is cycloalkyl as defined herein.
"Heteroalkyl" means an alkyl radical as defined herein wherein one, two or three hydrogen atoms have been replaced with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of -ORa, -NRbRc, and -S(O)nRd (where n is an integer from 0 to 2), with the understanding that the point of attachment of the heteroalkyl radical is through a carbon atom, wherein Ra is hydrogen, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl; Rb and Rc are independently of each other hydrogen, acyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl; and when n is 0, Rd is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl, and when n is 1 or 2, Rd is alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, amino, acyl- amino, mono alky lamino, or dialkylamino. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, 2-hydroxyethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, 2-hydroxy-l -hydro xymethylethyl, 2,3-dihydroxypropyl, 1 -hydro xymethylethyl, 3-hydroxybutyl, 2,3-dihydroxybutyl, 2-hydroxy-l -methylpropyl, 2- aminoethyl, 3-aminopropyl, 2-methylsulfonylethyl, aminosulfonylmethyl, aminosulfonylethyl, aminosulfonylpropyl, methylaminosulfonylmethyl, methylaminosulfonylethyl, methylamino- sulfonylpropyl, and the like.
"Heteroaryl" means a monocyclic or bicyclic radical of 5 to 12 ring atoms having at least one aromatic ring containing one, two, or three ring heteroatoms selected from N, O, or S, the remaining ring atoms being C, with the understanding that the attachment point of the heteroaryl radical will be on an aromatic ring. The heteroaryl ring may be optionally substituted as defined herein. Examples of heteroaryl moieties include, but are not limited to, optionally substituted imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazinyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, thiophenyl, furanyl, pyranyl, pyridyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, pyrimidyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzofuryl, benzothiophenyl, benzothiopyranyl, benzimidazolyl, benzooxazolyl, benzooxadiazolyl, benzo thiazolyl, benzo thiadiazolyl, benzopyranyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, triazolyl, triazinyl, quinoxalinyl, purinyl, quinazolinyl, quinolizinyl, naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, azepinyl, diazepinyl, acridinyl and the like, including partially hydro- genated derivatives thereof, each optionally substituted. Heteroarylalkyl" or "heteroaralkyl" means a group of the formula -R-R' wherein R is alkylene and R' is heteroaryl as defined herein.
"Heteroarylsulfonyl means a group of the formula -SO2-R wherein R is heteroaryl as defined herein.
"Heteroaryloxy" means a group of the formula -O-R wherein R is heteroaryl as defined herein.
"Heteroaralkyloxy" means a group of the formula -0-R-R" wherein R is alkylene and R' is heteroaryl as defined herein.
The terms "halo", "halogen" and "halide", which may be used interchangeably, refer to a substi- tuent fluoro, chloro, bromo, or iodo.
"Haloalkyl" means alkyl as defined herein in which one or more hydrogen has been replaced with same or different halogen. Exemplary haloalkyls include -CH2Cl, -CH2CF3, -CH2CCI3, perfluoroalkyl (e.g., -CF3), and the like.
"Haloalkoxy" means a moiety of the formula -OR, wherein R is a haloalkyl moiety as defined herein. An exemplary haloalkoxy is difluoromethoxy.
"Heterocycloamino" means a saturated ring wherein at least one ring atom is N, NH or N-alkyl and the remaining ring atoms form an alkylene group.
"Heterocyclyl" means a monovalent saturated moiety, consisting of one to three rings, incorporating one, two, or three or four heteroatoms (chosen from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur). The heterocyclyl ring may be optionally substituted as defined herein. Examples of heterocyclyl moieties include, but are not limited to, optionally substituted piperidinyl, piperazinyl, homo- piperazinyl, azepinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyridinyl, pyrid- azinyl, pyrimidinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, quinuclidinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, thiadiazolylidinyl, benzo thiazolidinyl, benzoazolylidinyl, dihydrofuryl, tetrahydrofuryl, dihydropyranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, thiamor- pholinyl, thiamorpholinylsulfoxide, thiamorpholinylsulfone, dihydro quinolinyl, dihydro- iso quinolinyl, tetrahydro quinolinyl, tetrahydriso quinolinyl, and the like.
"Heterocyclylalkyl" means a moiety of the formula -R-R wherein R is alkylene and R' is heterocyclyl as defined herein. "Heterocyclyloxy" means a moiety of the formula -OR wherein R is heterocyclyl as defined herein.
"Heterocyclylalkoxy" means a moiety of the formula -OR-R' wherein R is alkylene and R' is heterocyclyl as defined herein.
"Hydroxyalkoxy" means a moiety of the formula -OR wherein R is hydroxyalkyl as defined herein.
"Hydro xyalkylamino" means a moiety of the formula -NR-R' wherein R is hydrogen or alkyl and R is hydroxyalkyl as defined herein.
"Hydroxyalkylaminoalkyl" means a moiety of the formula -R-NR'-R" wherein R is alkylene, R' is hydrogen or alkyl, and R" is hydroxyalkyl as defined herein.
"Hydroxycarbonylalkyl" or "carboxyalkyl" means a group of the formula -R-(CO)-OH where R is alkylene as defined herein.
"Hydroxyalkyloxycarbonylalkyl" or "hydroxyalkoxycarbonylalkyl" means a group of the formula -R-C(O)-O-R-OH wherein each R is alkylene and may be the same or different.
"Hydroxyalkyl" means an alkyl moiety as defined herein, substituted with one or more, preferably one, two or three hydroxy groups, provided that the same carbon atom does not carry more than one hydroxy group. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, hydroxy- methyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxypropyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, 1 -(hydro xymethyl)-2-methylpropyl, 2-hydroxybutyl, 3-hydroxybutyl, 4-hydroxybutyl, 2,3-dihydroxypropyl, 2-hydroxy-l -hydro xy- methylethyl, 2,3-dihydroxybutyl, 3,4-dihydroxybutyl and 2-(hydroxymethyl)-3-hydroxypropyl.
"Hydroxycycloalkyl" means a cycloalkyl moiety as defined herein wherein one, two or three hydrogen atoms in the cycloalkyl radical have been replaced with a hydroxy substituent. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, 2-, 3-, or 4-hydroxycyclohexyl, and the like.
"Urea'Or "ureido" means a group of the formula -NR'-C(0)-NR"R"' wherein R', R" and R'" each independently is hydrogen or alkyl.
"Carbamate" means a group of the formula -0-C(O)-NRR" wherein R' and R" each independently is hydrogen or alkyl. "Carboxy" means a group of the formula -0-C(O)-OH.
"Sulfonamido" means a group of the formula -Sθ2-NR'R" wherein R', R" and R'" each independently is hydrogen or alkyl.
"Optionally substituted", when used in association with "aryl", phenyl", "heteroaryl" "cyclo- alkyl" or "heterocyclyl", means an aryl, phenyl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted independently with one to four substituents, preferably one or two substi- tuents selected from alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, alkoxy, amino, acylamino, mono-alkylamino, di-alkylamino, haloalkyl, haloalk- oxy, heteroalkyl, -COR, -SO2R (where R is hydrogen, alkyl, phenyl or phenylalkyl), -(CR'R")n- COOR (where n is an integer from 0 to 5, R' and R" are independently hydrogen or alkyl, and R is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, phenyl or phenylalkyl), or -(CR'R")n-C0NRaRb (where n is an integer from 0 to 5, R' and R" are independently hydrogen or alkyl, and Ra and Rb are, independently of each other, hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, phenyl or phenylalkyl). Certain preferred optional substituents for "aryl", phenyl", "heteroaryl" "cycloalkyl" or "heterocyclyl" include alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, alkoxy, cyano, amino and alkylsulfonyl. More preferred substituents are methyl, fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, amino and methanesulf- onyl.
"Leaving group" means the group with the meaning conventionally associated with it in synthetic organic chemistry, i.e., an atom or group displaceable under substitution reaction conditions. Examples of leaving groups include, but are not limited to, halogen, alkane- or arylenesulfonyl- oxy, such as methanesulfonyloxy, ethanesulfonyloxy, thiomethyl, benzenesulfonyloxy, tosyloxy, and thienyloxy, dihalophosphinoyloxy, optionally substituted benzyloxy, isopropyloxy, acyloxy, and the like.
"Modulator" means a molecule that interacts with a target. The interactions include, but are not limited to, agonist, antagonist, and the like, as defined herein.
"Optional" or "optionally" means that the subsequently described event or circumstance may but need not occur, and that the description includes instances where the event or circumstance occurs and instances in which it does not.
"Disease" and "Disease state" means any disease, condition, symptom, disorder or indication. "Inert organic solvent" or "inert solvent" means the solvent is inert under the conditions of the reaction being described in conjunction therewith, including e.g., benzene, toluene, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, N,N-dimethylformamide, chloroform, methylene chloride or dichloromethane, dichloroethane, diethyl ether, ethyl acetate, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, tert-butanol, dioxane, pyridine, and the like. Unless specified to the contrary, the solvents used in the reactions of the present invention are inert solvents.
"Pharmaceutically acceptable" means that which is useful in preparing a pharmaceutical composition that is generally safe, non-toxic, and neither biologically nor otherwise undesirable and includes that which is acceptable for veterinary as well as human pharmaceutical use.
"Pharmaceutically acceptable salts" of a compound means salts that are pharmaceutically acceptable, as defined herein, and that possess the desired pharmacological activity of the parent compound. Such salts include: acid addition salts formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like; or formed with organic acids such as acetic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, benzoic, camphorsulfonic acid, citric acid, ethanesulfonic acid, fumaric acid, glucoheptonic acid, gluconic acid, glutamic acid, glycolic acid, hydro xynaphtoic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, lactic acid, maleic acid, malic acid, malonic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, muconic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, propionic acid, salicylic acid, succinic acid, tartaric acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, trimethylacetic acid, and the like; or salts formed when an acidic proton present in the parent compound either is replaced by a metal ion, e.g., an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth ion, or an aluminum ion; or coordinates with an organic or inorganic base. Acceptable organic bases include diethanolamine, ethanolamine, N- methylglucamine, triethanolamine, tromethamine, and the like. Acceptable inorganic bases include aluminum hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate and sodium hydroxide.
The preferred pharmaceutically acceptable salts are the salts formed from acetic acid, hydrochloric acid, sulphuric acid, methanesulfonic acid, maleic acid, phosphoric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, sodium, potassium, calcium, zinc, and magnesium.
It should be understood that all references to pharmaceutically acceptable salts include solvent addition forms (solvates) or crystal forms (polymorphs) as defined herein, of the same acid addition salt. "Protective group" or "protecting group" means the group which selectively blocks one reactive site in a multifunctional compound such that a chemical reaction can be carried out selectively at another unprotected reactive site in the meaning conventionally associated with it in synthetic chemistry. Certain processes of this invention rely upon the protective groups to block reactive nitrogen and/or oxygen atoms present in the reactants. For example, the terms "amino -protecting group" and "nitrogen protecting group" are used interchangeably herein and refer to those organic groups intended to protect the nitrogen atom against undesirable reactions during synthetic procedures. Exemplary nitrogen protecting groups include, but are not limited to, trifluoro- acetyl, acetamido, benzyl (Bn), benzyloxycarbonyl (carbobenzyloxy, CBZ), p-methoxybenzyl- oxycarbonyl, p-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl (BOC), and the like. The artisan in the art will know how to chose a group for the ease of removal and for the ability to withstand the following reactions.
"Solvates" means solvent additions forms that contain either stoichiometric or non stoichiometric amounts of solvent. Some compounds have a tendency to trap a fixed molar ratio of solvent molecules in the crystalline solid state, thus forming a solvate. If the solvent is water the solvate formed is a hydrate, when the solvent is alcohol, the solvate formed is an alcoholate. Hydrates are formed by the combination of one or more molecules of water with one of the substances in which the water retains its molecular state as H2O, such combination being able to form one or more hydrate.
"Subject" means mammals and non-mammals. Mammals means any member of the mammalia class including, but not limited to, humans; non-human primates such as chimpanzees and other apes and monkey species; farm animals such as cattle, horses, sheep, goats, and swine; domestic animals such as rabbits, dogs, and cats; laboratory animals including rodents, such as rats, mice, and guinea pigs; and the like. Examples of non-mammals include, but are not limited to, birds, and the like. The term "subject" does not denote a particular age or sex.
"Disorders of the urinary tract" or "uropathy" used interchangeably with "symptoms of the urinary tract" means the pathologic changes in the urinary tract. Examples of urinary tract disorders include, but are not limited to, incontinence, benign prostatic hypertrophy (BPH), prostatitis, detrusor hyperreflexia, outlet obstruction, urinary frequency, nocturia, urinary urgency, overactive bladder, pelvic hypersensitivity, urge incontinence, urethritis, prostatodynia, cystitis, idiophatic bladder hypersensitivity, and the like. "Disease states associated with the urinary tract" or "urinary tract disease states" or "uropathy" used interchangeably with "symptoms of the urinary tract" mean the pathologic changes in the urinary tract, or dysfunction of urinary bladder smooth muscle or its innervation causing disordered urinary storage or voiding. Symptoms of the urinary tract include, but are not limited to, overactive bladder (also known as detrusor hyperactivity), outlet obstruction, outlet insufficiency, and pelvic hypersensitivity.
"Overactive bladder" or "detrusor hyperactivity" includes, but is not limited to, the changes sym- ptomatically manifested as urgency, frequency, altered bladder capacity, incontinence, micturition threshold, unstable bladder contractions, sphincteric spasticity, detrusor hyperreflexia (neurogenic bladder), detrusor instability, and the like.
"Outlet obstruction" includes, but is not limited to, benign prostatic hypertrophy (BPH), urethral stricture disease, tumors, low flow rates, difficulty in initiating urination, urgency, suprapubic pain, and the like.
"Outlet insufficiency" includes, but is not limited to, urethral hypermobility, intrinsic sphincteric deficiency, mixed incontinence, stress incontinence, and the like.
"Pelvic Hypersensitivity" includes, but is not limited to, pelvic pain, interstitial (cell) cystitis, prostatodynia, prostatitis, vulvadynia, urethritis, orchidalgia, overactive bladder, and the like.
"Respiratory disorder" refers to, without limitation, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), asthma, bronchospasm, and the like.
"Gastrointestinal disorder" ("GI disorder") refers to, without limitation, Irritable Bowel Syndrome (IBS), Inflammatory Bowel Disease (IBD), biliary colic and other biliary disorders, renal colic, diarrhea-dominant IBS, pain associated with GI distension, and the like.
"Pain" includes, without limitation, inflammatory pain; surgical pain; visceral pain; dental pain; premenstrual pain; central pain; pain due to burns; migraine or cluster headaches; nerve injury; neuritis; neuralgias; poisoning; ischemic injury; interstitial cystitis; cancer pain; viral, parasitic or bacterial infection; post-traumatic injury; or pain associated with irritable bowel syndrome.
"Therapeutically effective amount" means an amount of a compound that, when administered to a subject for treating a disease state, is sufficient to effect such treatment for the disease state. The "therapeutically effective amount" will vary depending on the compound, disease state being treated, the severity or the disease treated, the age and relative health of the subject, the route and form of administration, the judgment of the attending medical or veterinary practitioner, and other factors.
The terms "those defined above" and "those defined herein" when referring to a variable incor- porates by reference the broad definition of the variable as well as preferred, more preferred and most preferred definitions, if any.
"Treating" or "treatment" of a disease state includes:
(i) preventing the disease state, i.e. causing the clinical symptoms of the disease state not to develop in a subject that may be exposed to or predisposed to the disease state, but does not yet experience or display symptoms of the disease state.
(ii) inhibiting the disease state, i.e., arresting the development of the disease state or its clinical symptoms, or
(iii) relieving the disease state , i.e., causing temporary or permanent regression of the disease state or its clinical symptoms.
The terms "treating", "contacting" and "reacting" when referring to a chemical reaction means adding or mixing two or more reagents under appropriate conditions to produce the indicated and/or the desired product. It should be appreciated that the reaction which produces the indicated and/or the desired product may not necessarily result directly from the combination of two reagents which were initially added, i.e., there may be one or more intermediates which are produced in the mixture which ultimately leads to the formation of the indicated and/or the desired product.
In general, the nomenclature used in this Application is based on AUTONOM™ v.4.0, a Beil- stein Institute computerized system for the generation of IUPAC systematic nomenclature. Chemical structures shown herein were prepared using ISIS® version 2.2. Any open valency appearing on a carbon, oxygen sulfur or nitrogen atom in the structures herein indicates the presence of a hydrogen atom unless indicated otherwise. Where a nitrogen-containing heteroaryl ring is shown with an open valency on a nitrogen atom, and variables such as Ra, Rb or Rc are shown on the heteroaryl ring, such variables may be bound or joined to the open valency nitrogen. Where a chiral center exists in a structure but no specific stereochemistry is shown for the chiral center, both enantiomers associated with the chiral center are encompassed by the struc- ture. Where a structure shown herein may exist in multiple tautomeric forms, all such tautomers are encompassed by the structure.
All patents and publications identified herein are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
In many embodiments of formula I, R1 is triazolyl optionally substituted once or twice, and more preferably once, with Ci_6alkyl.
In many embodiments of formula I, R1 is triazolyl substituted once with Ci_6alkyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is optionally substituted once or twice, preferably once, with Ci_6alkyl, halo-Ci_6alkyl, hetero-Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkoxy, amino, phenyl, heterocyclyl, C3_6Cycloalkyl, C3_6cycloalkyl-Ci_6alkyl or cyano.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is triazolyl optionally substituted once with Ci_6alkyl, halo-Ci_6alkyl, hetero-Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkoxy, amino, phenyl, heterocyclyl, C3_6-cycloalkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl-Ci_6alkyl or cyano.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is triazolyl optionally substituted once with halo- Ci_6alkyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is triazolyl substituted once with -Ci_6alkyl or halo- Ci_6alkyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is triazolyl substituted once with hetero-Ci_6alkyl selected from hydroxy-Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkoxy-Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkylamino-Ci_6alkyl, or N,N-di- (Ci_6alkyl)-amino-Ci_6alkyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is triazolyl optionally substituted once with methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopropyl- methyl, phenyl, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, fluoromethyl, pentafluoro-ethyl, 1,1-difluoro- ethyl, 2,2-difluoroethyl, 1-methoxy-ethyl, 1-ethoxy-ethyl, 2-methoxy-l -methyl-ethyl, 1 -hydro xy- ethyl, isopropoxy, dimethylamino, azetidin-2-yl, l-methyl-azetidin-2-yl, 1-dimethylamino-ethyl or dimethylamino-methyl. In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is triazolyl substituted once with Ci_6alkyl selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl or cyclo- propylmethyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is triazolyl optionally substituted once with halo- Ci_6alkyl selected from trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, fluoromethyl, pentafluoro-ethyl, 1,1-di- fluoro-ethyl or 2,2-difluoroethyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is optionally substituted [l,2,3]triazolyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is optionally substituted [l,2,3]triazol-l-yl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is optionally substituted [l,2,3]triazol-2-yl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is optionally substituted [l,2,3]triazol-5-yl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is optionally substituted [l,2,4]triazolyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is optionally substituted [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is optionally substituted [l,2,4]triazol-4-yl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is optionally substituted [l,2,4]triazol-3-yl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted with Ci_6alkyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted with Ci_6alkyl, halo-Ci_6alkyl, hetero-Ci_6alkyl, C3_6-cycloalkyl, C3_6cycloalkyl-Ci_6alkyl or cyano.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted with halo- Ci_6alkyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted with hetero- Ci_6alkyl selected from hydro xy-Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkoxy-Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkylamino-Ci_6alkyl, or N,N-di-(Ci_6alkyl)-amino-Ci_6alkyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted with methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopropyl- methyl, phenyl, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, fluoromethyl, pentafluoro-ethyl, 1,1-difluoro- ethyl, 2,2-difluoroethyl, 1-methoxy-ethyl, 1-ethoxy-ethyl, 2-methoxy-l -methyl-ethyl, 1 -hydro xy- ethyl, isopropoxy, dimethylamino, azetidin-2-yl, l-methyl-azetidin-2-yl, 1-dimethylamino-ethyl or dimethylamino-methyl..
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted with methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl or cyclopropylmethyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is [l,2,3]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted with Ci_6alkyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is [l,2,3]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted with Ci_6alkyl, halo-Ci_6alkyl, hetero-Ci_6alkyl, C3_6-cycloalkyl, C3_6cycloalkyl-Ci_6alkyl or cyano.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is [l,2,3]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted with halo- Ci_6alkyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is [l,2,3]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted with hetero- Ci_6alkyl selected from hydro xy-Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkoxy-Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkylamino-Ci_6alkyl, or N,N-di-(Ci_6alkyl)-amino-Ci_6alkyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is [l,2,3]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted with methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopropylmethyl, phenyl, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, fluoromethyl, pentafluoro-ethyl, 1,1-difluoro- ethyl, 2,2-difluoroethyl, 1-methoxy-ethyl, 1-ethoxy-ethyl, 2-methoxy-l -methyl-ethyl, 1 -hydro xy- ethyl, isopropoxy, dimethylamino, azetidin-2-yl, l-methyl-azetidin-2-yl, 1-dimethylamino-ethyl or dimethylamino-methyl..
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is [l,2,3]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted with methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl or cyclopropylmethyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted at the 5- position with Ci_6alkyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted at the 5-posi- tion with Ci_6alkyl, halo-Ci_6alkyl, hetero-Ci_6alkyl, C3_6-cycloalkyl, C3_6cycloalkyl-Ci_6alkyl or cyano. In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted at the 5-posi- tion with halo-Ci_6alkyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted at the 5-posi- tion with hetero-Ci_6alkyl selected from hydroxy-Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkoxy-Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkylamino- Ci_6alkyl, or N,N-di-(Ci_6alkyl)-amino-Ci.6alkyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted at the 5-posi- tion with methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclo- propylmethyl, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoro-ethyl, 1,1-difluoro-ethyl, 1-methoxy-ethyl, 1-ethoxy- ethyl, 2-methoxy-l -methyl- ethyl, 1 -hydro xy-ethyl, or dimethylamino -methyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted at the 5- position with methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl or cyclopropylmethyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R2 is phenyl substituted once or twice independently with halo or methyl.
In many embodiments of formula I, R2 is phenyl substituted at the 4-position with methyl or halo and optionally substituted at the 2- and 6- positions with halo.
In many embodiments of formula I, R2 is phenyl substituted at the 4-position with methyl or halo and optionally substituted at the 2- position with halo.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R2 is 4-methyl-phenyl, 2-fluoro-4-methyl-phenyl, 2-chloro- 4-fluoro-phenyl, 4-chloro-2-fluoro-phenyl, 2,4-dichloro-phenyl, 2,4-difluoro-phenyl, or 2- chloro-4-methyl-phenyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R2 is 4-methyl-phenyl or 4-chloro-phenyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R2 is 4-methyl-phenyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R2 is 2-fluoro-4-methyl-phenyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R2 is 2-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R2 is 4-chloro-2-fluoro-phenyl. In certain embodiments of formula I, R2 is 2,4-dichloro-phenyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R2 is 2,4-difluoro-phenyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R2 is 2-chloro-4-methyl-phenyl.
In many embodiments of formula I, R2 is optionally substituted pyridinyl. Exemplary pyridinyl include pyridin-2-yl, and pyridin-2-one-l-yl, each optionally substituted once, twice of three times with any of Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkyloxy, halo, Ci-βhaloalkyl, hetero-Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkylsulfonyl or cyano. Preferred pyridyl include 4-methyl-pyridin-2-yl, 4-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl and 4-methyl- pyridin-2-one- 1 -yl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R2 is pyridin 2-yl substituted with methyl or halo at the 5 -position.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R2 is pyridin 2-yl substituted with methyl or halo at the 5 -position and optionally substituted with halo at the 3 -position.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R2 is 5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl, 5-chloro-pyridin-2-yl, 5-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl, 5-methyl-3-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl, 5-methyl-3-chloro-pyridin-2-yl, 3,5-di- fluoro-pyridin-2-yl or 3,5-dichloro-pyridin-2-yl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R2 is 5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R2 is 5-chloro-pyridin-2-yl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R2 is 5-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R2 is 5-methyl-3-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R2 is 5-methyl-3-chloro-pyridin-2-yl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R2 is 3,5-difluoro-pyridin-2-yl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R2 is 3,5-dichloro-pyridin-2-yl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R2 is optionally substituted pyridazinyl. In such embodiments R2 may be 6-chloro-pyridazinyl or 6-methyl-pyridazinyl, preferably 6-chloro-pyridazinyl. In certain embodiments of formula I, R2 is optionally substituted thiophenyl. In such embodiments R2 may be thiophen-2-yl optionally substituted with Ci_6alkyl or halo. Preferred thiophenyl include 3-methyl-thiophen-2-yl, 5-methyl-thiophen-2-yl and 5-chloro-thiophen-2-yl.
In many embodiments of formula I, R6 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments of formula I, R6 may be methyl.
In many embodiments of formula I, R3 is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R4 is hydrogen.
In many embodiments of formula I, R3 is Ci_6alkyl. A preferred Ci_6alkyl in such embodiments is methyl.
In many embodiments of formula I, R4 is Ci_6alkyl. A preferred Ci_6alkyl in such embodiments is methyl.
In many embodiments of formula I, R3 is hydrogen and R4 is Ci_6alkyl, preferably methyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R3 and R4 are hydrogen.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R3 and R4 together with the atom to which they are attached may form a C3-6 carbocyclic ring.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R3 and R4 together with the atom to which they are attached may form a cyclopropyl group.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R4 and R5 together with the atom to which they are attached form a C3-6 carbocyclic ring that is optionally substituted with hydroxy.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R4 and R5 together with the atom to which they are attached form a cyclopropyl group.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R3 is hydrogen and R4 and R5 together with the atom to which they are attached form a cyclopropyl group.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R3 is hydrogen and R4 and R5 together with the atom to which they are attached form a cyclopentyl group optionally substituted with hydroxy. In certain embodiments of formula I, R4 and R5 together with the atom to which they are attached form a C4-6 heterocyclic ring containing one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, N and S.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R4 and R5 together with the atom to which they are attached form a piperidinyl group or oxetanyl ring group.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R4 and R5 together with the atom to which they are attached form a piperidin-3-yl group or an oxetan-3-yl group.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R3, R4 and R5 together with the atom to which they are attached form a six-membered heteroaryl containing one or two nitrogen atoms, and which is optionally substituted with halo, amino or Ci_6alkyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R3, R4 and R5 together with the atom to which they are attached form a heteroaryl selected from 2-oxo-l,2-dihydro-pyrimidinyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl or pyridazinyl, each optionally substituted with methyl or amino.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R3, R4 and R5 together with the atom to which they are attached form a heteroaryl selected from 2-oxo-l,2-dihydro-pyrimidin-4-yl, 2-oxo-l,2-dihydro- pyrimidin-4-yl, l-methyl-2-oxo-l,2-dihydro-pyrimidin-4-yl, 6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl, pyridazin-4- yl, 6-amino-pyridin-2-yl, 2-aminopyrimidin-4-yl or 2-amino-pyrimidin-3-yl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R5 is: Ci_6alkyl; Ci_6alkyloxy-Ci_6alkyl; hydroxy-Ci_6alkyl; Ci_6alkylsulfanyl-Ci_6alkyl; Ci_6alkylsulfonyl-Ci_6alkyl; amino-Ci_6alkyl; N-Ci_6alkyl-amino-Ci_ βalkyl; N,N-di-Ci_6alkyl-amino-Ci_6alkyl; C3_7Cycloalkyl; optionally substituted phenyl; heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl-Ci_6alkyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R5 is N-Ci_6alkyl-amino-Ci_6alkyl substituted with halo.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R5 is: Ci_6alkyloxy-Ci_6alkyl; hydroxy-Ci_6alkyl; heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl-Ci_6alkyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R5 is Ci_6alkyloxy-Ci_6alkyl. One preferred Ci_6alkyloxy- Ci_6alkyl is methoxymethyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R5 is hydroxy-Ci_6alkyl. One preferred hydroxy-Ci_6alkyl is hydroxymethyl. In certain embodiments of formula I, R5 is heteroaryl.
In certain embodiments where R5 is heteroaryl, such heteroaryl may be pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, 3-oxo-2,3-dihydro-isoxazolyl, tetrazolyl, imidazo[2,l-b]thiazolyl, imidazo[l,2-a]- pyridinyl, imidazo[4,5-b]pyridinyl, and benzimidazolyl, each of which may be optionally substituted one, two or three times with a group or groups independently selected from C^alkyl, Ci_6alkoxy, Ci_6alkoxy-Ci_6alkyl, halo-Ci_6alkyl, halo, amino, N-Ci_6alkyl-amino, or N,N-di- (Ci_6alkyl)-amino. More preferably, such heteroarly may be optionally substituted once or twice with a group or groups independently selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, fluoro, chloro, tri- fluoromethyl, amino, methylamino or dimethylamino.
In certain embodiments where R5 is heteroaryl, such heteroaryl may be pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl or thiazolyl, each of which may be optionally substituted once or twice with a group or groups independently selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, fluoro, chloro, amino, methylamino or dimethylamino.
In certain embodiments where R5 heteroaryl, such heteroaryl may be pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, or pyrazinyl, each of which may be optionally substituted once or twice with a group or groups independently selected from methyl, fluoro, chloro, amino, methylamino or dimethylamino.
In certain embodiments of formula I, where R5 is heteroaryl, such heteroaryl may be thiophen-2- yl, pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl, pyridin-4-yl, oxazol-2-yl, pyrimidin-2-yl, pyridazin-4-yl, pyrazin- 2-yl, 5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl, imidazol-1-yl, pyrazol-1-yl, 3,5-dimethyl-pyrazol-l-yl, 2-methyl- thiazol-4-yl, 3-(2-chloro-phenyl)-[l,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-yl, 3-(pyridin-4-yl)-[l,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-yl, pyridazin-3-yl, 2-methyl-pyrazol-3-yl, thiazol-5-yl, 1 -methyl- imidazol-2-yl, 6-chloro-pyrimidin- 4-yl, 4-ethyl-[l,2,4]-triazol-3-yl, l,3,5-trimethyl-pyrazol-4-yl, l,5-dimethyl-pyrazol-4-yl, 1,3-di- methyl-pyrazol-4-yl, 3-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-[ 1 ,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-yl, 3-(pyridin-3-yl-[ 1 ,2,4]-oxadi- azol-5-yl, tetrazol-5-yl, pyrazol-3-yl, 4-amino-2-methyl-pyrimidin-5-yl, 2-amino-pyrimidin-4-yl, 6-methoxy-pyridazin-3-yl, 3-oxo-2,3-dihydro-isoxazol-5-yl, 3-methyl-thiophen-2-yl, 5-methyl- [l,3,4]-oxadiazol-2-yl, 4-methyl-isoxazol-3-yl, 3-trifluoromethyl-pyrazol-l-yl, 1-methyl-pyr- azol-3-yl, 3-methyl-pyrazol-l-yl, 5-methyl-3-trifluoromethyl-pyrazol-l-yl, 5-cyclopropyl-3-tri- fluoromethyl-pyrazol-1-yl, imidazo[2,l-b]-thiazol-6-yl, thiazol-4-yl, 2-propyl-pyrazol-3-yl, 2- ethyl-pyrazol-3-yl, 5-amino-pyridazin-2-yl, 3-amino-pyridazin-2-yl, 3-chloro-pyridazin-2-yl, 2- amino-pyrimidin-5-yl, 1 -methyl- imidazol-4-yl, 6-amino-pyridin-3-yl, 6-amino-pyridazin-2-yl, 2- amino-pyridin-4-yl, 2-dimethylamino-pyrimidin-5-yl, 6-amino-pyridin-2-yl, 2-methylamino- pyridin-4-yl, 2-dimethylamino-pyridin4-yl, 3-methyl-2-dimethylamino-pyridin-4-yl, pyrimidin- 5-yl, 2-methyl-pyridin-4-yl, 6-methylamino-pyridin-3-yl, 6-dimethylamino-pyridin-3-yl, 6- methylamino-pyrimidin-4-yl, 6-dimethylamino-pyridin-3-yl, 6-methylamino-pyridin-3-yl, 2- methylamino-pyrimidin-5-yl, 6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl, 4-methyl-thiazol-2-yl, 2,6-dimethyl-pyri- din-3-yl, imidazo[l,2-a]pyridin-2-yl, 6-methyl-pyridin-2-yl, l-ethyl-pyrazol-3-yl, 3-methyl- pyridin-2-yl, 4-methyl-thiazol-5-yl, 1 -ethyl- imidazol-2-yl, l-methyl-pyrazol-4-yl, imidazo[4,5- b]pyridin-2-yl, 3,5-difluoro-pyridin-2-yl, 6-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl, l,5-dimethyl-pyrazol-3-yl, 5- methyl-pyridin-2-yl, 6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-yl, 5 -methyl- isoxazo 1-3 -yl, 5 -methyl- imidazol- 2-yl, 5-methoxy-benzimidazol-2-yl, [l,2,4]triazol-3-yl, 6-methyl-pyridazin-3-yl, l-methyl-6- oxo-l,6-dihydro-pyridin-3-yl or 8-methyl-imidazo[l,2-a]pyridin-2-yl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R5 is heterocyclyl-Ci-βalkyl.
In embodiments where R5 is heterocyclyl-Ci-βalkyl, such heterocyclyl-Ci-βalkyl may be hetero- cyclyl-methyl such as morpho lino methyl, piperidinyl-methyl, piperazinyl-methyl, thiomorpho- linylmethyl, pyrrolidinylmethyl, or azetidinylmethyl, the heterocyclyl portion of each of which may be optionally substituted once or twice with a group or groups independently selected from methyl, methoxy, halo, methanesulfonyl, oxo or acetyl.
In embodiments where R5 is heterocyclyl-methyl, such heterocyclylmethyl may be morpho lin-4- yl-methyl, 4-methanesulfonyl-piperazin-l-yl-methyl, 4-acetyl-piperazin-l-yl-methyl, piperidin- 1-yl, thio morpho lin-4-yl-methyl, 4-methyl-piperazin-l-yl-methyl, 3-oxo-piperazin-l-yl-methyl, 3 -methoxy-piperidin- 1 -yl-methyl, 4-methoxy-piperidin- 1 -yl-methyl, 4-hydroxy-piperidin- 1 -yl- methyl, 1-oxo-thiomorpho lin-4-yl-methyl, 3-hydroxy-pyrrolidin-l -yl-methyl, azetidin-3 -yl- methyl, 4-methanesulfonyl-piperidin-l -yl-methyl, 4-fluoro-piperidinl -yl-methyl, 4-acetyl-3- methyl-piperazin- 1 -yl-methyl, 4-acetyl-3 ,5-dimethyl-piperazin- 1 -yl-methyl, 2,6-dimethyl-mor- pho lin-4-yl-methyl, 4, 4-difluoro-piperidinl -yl-methyl, 3-fluoro-piperidinl -yl-methyl, 4-methyl- 4-hydroxy-piperidinl -yl-methyl, or 3-fluoro-4-methoxy-piperidinl -yl-methyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R5 is hydro xymethyl, methoxymethyl, pyrazin-2-yl or 5- methyl-pyrazin-2-yl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R5 is hydro xymethyl, methoxymethyl, pyrazin-2-yl, 5- methyl-pyrazin-2-yl, 6-methyl-pyridazin-3-yl, or l-methyl-6-oxo-l,6-dihydro-pyridin-3-yl. In certain embodiments of formula I, R5 is hydro xymethyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R5 is metho xymethyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R5 is pyrazin-2-yl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R5 is 5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R5 is l-methyl-6-oxo-l,6-dihydro-pyridin-3-yl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R5 is 6-methyl-pyridazin-3-yl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R6, R7 and R8 are hydrogen.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R7 and R8 are hydrogen.
In certain embodiments of formula I, one of R7 and R8 is halo or Ci_4alkoxy and the other is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments of formula I, both of R7 and R8 are halo or Ci_4alkoxy.
In certain embodiments of formula I, one of R7 and R8 is fluoro, chloro or methoxy, and the other is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R7 and R8 each independently is fluoro, chloro or methoxy.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R7 and R8 are fluoro.
In certain embodiments of formula I, one of R7 and R8 is fluoro and the other is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments of formula I, one of R7 and R8 is chloro and the other is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments of formula I, one of R7 and R8 is methoxy and the other is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R6 is halo.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R6 is fluoro.
In certain embodiments of formula I: R1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted at the 5-position with Ci_6alkyl, halo-Ci_6alkyl,
Ci_6alkoxy-Ci_6alkyl, hydroxy-Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkylamino-Ci_6alkyl, N,N-di-(Ci_6alkyl)- amino-Ci_6alkyl, C3_6-cycloalkyl, or C3_6cycloalkyl-Ci_6alkyl;
R2 is 4-methyl-phenyl; 2-fluoro-4-methyl-phenyl; 2-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl; 4-chloro-2- fluoro -phenyl; 2,4-dichloro-phenyl; 2,4-difluoro-phenyl;or 2-chloro-4-methyl-phenyl;
R3 is hydrogen; R4 is: hydrogen; or methyl; and R5 is Ci_6alkyl; Ci_6alkyloxy-Ci_6alkyl; hydroxy-Ci_6alkyl; Ci_6alkylsulfanyl-Ci_6alkyl;
Ci_6alkylsulfonyl-Ci_6alkyl; amino-Ci_6alkyl; N-Ci_6alkyl-amino-Ci_6alkyl; N,N-di- Ci_6alkyl-amino-Ci_6alkyl; C3_7Cycloalkyl; optionally substituted phenyl; heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl-Ci_6alkyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I:
R1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted at the 5-position with Ci_6alkyl, halo-Ci_6alkyl,
Ci_6alkoxy-Ci_6alkyl, hydroxy-Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkylamino-Ci_6alkyl, N,N-di-(Ci_6alkyl)- amino-Ci_6alkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl, or C3-6cycloalkyl-Ci_6alkyl;
R2 is 5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl, 5-chloro-pyridin-2-yl, 5-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl, 5-methyl-3-fluoro- pyridin-2-yl, 5-methyl-3-chloro-pyridin-2-yl, 3,5-difluoro-pyridin-2-yl or 3,5-dichloro- pyridin-2-yl; R is hydrogen; R4 is hydrogen; or methyl; and
R5 is Ci_6alkyl; Ci_6alkyloxy-Ci_6alkyl; hydroxy-Ci_6alkyl; Ci_6alkylsulfanyl-Ci_6alkyl; Ci_6alk- ylsulfonyl-Ci_6alkyl; amino-Ci_6alkyl; N-Ci_6alkyl-amino-Ci_6alkyl; N,N-di-Ci_6alkyl- amino-Ci_6alkyl; C3-7cycloalkyl; optionally substituted phenyl; heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl-
Ci_6alkyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I:
R1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted at the 5-position with Ci_6alkyl, halo-Ci_6alkyl,
Ci_6alkoxy-Ci_6alkyl, hydroxy-Ci_6alkyl, C3_6-cycloalkyl, or C3_6cycloalkyl-Ci_6alkyl; R2 is 4-methyl-phenyl; 2-fluoro-4-methyl-phenyl; 2-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl; 4-chloro-2- fluoro -phenyl; 2,4-dichloro-phenyl; 2,4-difluoro-phenyl;or 2-chloro-4-methyl-phenyl; R3 is hydrogen;
R4 is hydrogen; or methyl; and R5 is hydro xymethyl; methoxymethyl; morpholin-4-ylmethyl; piperidin-1-yl methyl optionally substituted at the 4-position with methyl, methanesulfonyl or acetyl; 1,1,-dioxo-thiomor- pholin-1-yl; piperidin-1-yl-methyl optionally substituted once or twice with a group or groups selected independently from methyl, methoxy or halo; pyridinyl; pyrimidinyl; pyr- azinyl; pyridazinyl; pyrazolyl; or thiazolyl; wherein the pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl and thiazolyl each may be optionally substituted once or twice with a group or groups selected independently from methyl, methylamino, dimethylamino and halo.
In certain embodiments of formula I: R1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted at the 5-position with Ci_6alkyl, halo-Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkoxy-Ci_6alkyl, hydroxy-Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkylamino-Ci_6alkyl, C3_6-cycloalkyl, or C3_6cycloalkyl-Ci_6alkyl; R2 is 5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl, 5-chloro-pyridin-2-yl, 5-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl, 5-methyl-3-fluoro- pyridin-2-yl, 5-methyl-3-chloro-pyridin-2-yl, 3,5-difluoro-pyridin-2-yl or 3,5-dichloro- pyridin-2-yl;
R3 is hydrogen; R4 is hydrogen; or methyl; and R5 is hydro xymethyl; methoxymethyl; morpholin-4-ylmethyl; piperidin-1-yl methyl optionally substituted at the 4-position with methyl, methanesulfonyl or acetyl; 1,1,-dioxo-thiomor- pholin-1-yl; piperidin-1-yl optionally substituted once or twice with a group or groups selected independently from methyl, methoxy or halo; pyridinyl; pyrimidinyl; pyrazinyl; pyridazinyl; pyrazolyl; or thiazolyl; wherein the pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl and thiazolyl each may be optionally substituted once or twice with a group or groups selected independently from methyl, methylamino, dimethylamino and halo.
In certain embodiments of formula I:
R1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted at the 5-position with Ci_6alkyl, halo-Ci_6alkyl,
Ci_6alkoxy-Ci_6alkyl, hydroxy-Ci_6alkyl, C3_6-cycloalkyl, or C3_6cycloalkyl-Ci_6alkyl; R2 is 4-methyl-phenyl; 2-fluoro-4-methyl-phenyl; 2-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl; 4-chloro-2- fluoro -phenyl; 2,4-dichloro-phenyl; 2,4-difluoro-phenyl;or 2-chloro-4-methyl-phenyl;
R3 is hydrogen; and R4 and R5 together form a cyclopropyl group. In certain embodiments of formula I:
R1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted at the 5-position with Ci_6alkyl, halo-Ci_6alkyl,
Ci_6alkoxy-Ci_6alkyl, hydroxy-Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkylamino-Ci_6alkyl, C3_6-cycloalkyl, or C3.
6Cycloalkyl-Ci_6alkyl; R2 is 5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl, 5-chloro-pyridin-2-yl, 5-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl, 5-methyl-3-fluoro- pyridin-2-yl, 5-methyl-3-chloro-pyridin-2-yl, 3,5-difluoro-pyridin-2-yl or 3,5-dichloro- pyridin-2-yl; R3 is hydrogen; and R4 and R5 together form a cyclopropyl group.
In certain embodiments of formula I :
R1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted at the 5-position with Ci_6alkyl, halo-Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkoxy-Ci_6alkyl, hydroxy-Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkylamino-Ci_6alkyl, N,N-di-(Ci_6alkyl)- amino-Ci_6alkyl, C3_6-cycloalkyl, or C3_6cycloalkyl-Ci_6alkyl;
R2 is 4-methyl-phenyl; 2-fluoro-4-methyl-phenyl; 2-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl; 4-chloro-2- fluoro -phenyl; 2,4-dichloro-phenyl; 2,4-difluoro-phenyl;or 2-chloro-4-methyl-phenyl;
R3 is hydrogen; R4 is methyl; and R5 is methoxymethyl, hydro xymethyl, 5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl or pyrazin-2-yl.
In certain embodiments of formula I: R1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted at the 5-position with Ci_6alkyl, halo-Ci_6alkyl,
Ci_6alkoxy-Ci_6alkyl, hydroxy-Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkylamino-Ci_6alkyl, N,N-di-(Ci_6alkyl)- amino-Ci_6alkyl, C3_6-cycloalkyl, or C3_6cycloalkyl-Ci_6alkyl; R2 is 5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl, 5-chloro-pyridin-2-yl, 5-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl, 5-methyl-3-fluoro- pyridin-2-yl, 5-methyl-3-chloro-pyridin-2-yl, 3,5-difluoro-pyridin-2-yl or 3,5-dichloro- pyridin-2-yl;
R3 is hydrogen; R4 is methyl; and R5 is methoxymethyl, hydro xymethyl, 5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl or pyrazin-2-yl.
In certain embodiments of formula I: R1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted at the 5-position with Ci_6alkyl, halo-Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkoxy-Ci_6alkyl, hydroxy-Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkylamino-Ci_6alkyl, N,N-di-(Ci_6alkyl)- amino-Ci_6alkyl, C3_6-cycloalkyl, or C3_6cycloalkyl-Ci_6alkyl; R2 is 4-methyl-phenyl; 2-fluoro-4-methyl-phenyl; 2-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl; 4-chloro-2- fluoro -phenyl; 2,4-dichloro-phenyl; 2,4-difluoro-phenyl;or 2-chloro-4-methyl-phenyl; R3 and R4 are hydrogen; and R5 is 5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl.
In certain embodiments of formula I:
R1 is [l,2,4]triazol-l-yl optionally substituted at the 5-position with Ci_6alkyl, halo-Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkoxy-Ci_6alkyl, hydroxy-Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkylamino-Ci_6alkyl, N,N-di-(Ci_6alkyl)- amino-Ci_6alkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl, or C3-6cycloalkyl-Ci_6alkyl;
R2 is 5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl, 5-chloro-pyridin-2-yl, 5-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl, 5-methyl-3-fluoro- pyridin-2-yl, 5-methyl-3-chloro-pyridin-2-yl, 3,5-difluoro-pyridin-2-yl or 3,5-dichloro- pyridin-2-yl;
R3 and R4 are hydrogen; and R5 is 5-methyl-pyridazin-2-yl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is a group of formula A or B;
Figure imgf000029_0001
wherein Rc and Rd each independently is hydrogen; Ci_6alkyl; Ci_6alkoxy; Ci_6alkylsulfonyl; phenyl; amino; N-Ci_6alkyl-amino; N,N-di-Ci_6alkyl-amino halo-Ci_6alkyl; halo-Ci_6alkoxy; hetero-Ci_6alkyl; C3_6-cycloalkyl; C3_6cycloalkyl-Ci_6alkyl; amino carbonyl; heterocyclylcarbonyl; Ci_6alkoxycarbonyl; or cyano; or Rc and Rd together with the atoms to which they are attached may form a phenyl, pyridinyl or pyrimidinyl group, each optionally substituted.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is a group of formula A.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is a group of formula Al :
Figure imgf000029_0002
wherein Ra and R are as defined herein In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is a group of formula A2:
Figure imgf000030_0001
wherein Ra and R are as defined herein.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is a group of formula A3:
Figure imgf000030_0002
wherein Ra and Rb are as defined herein.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is a group of formula B. In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is a group of formula Bl :
Figure imgf000030_0003
wherein Ra and R are as defined herein.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is a group of formula B2:
Figure imgf000030_0004
wherein Ra and Rb are as defined herein.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is a group of formula B3:
Figure imgf000031_0001
wherein Ra and Rb are as defined herein.
In certain embodiments of formula I, Rc is hydrogen and Rd is: hydrogen; Ci_6alkyl; Ci_6alkoxy; Ci_6alkylsulfonyl; amino; N-Ci_6alkyl-amino; N,N-di-Ci_6alkyl-amino halo-Ci_6alkyl; halo- Ci_6alkoxy; hetero-Ci_6alkyl; C3_6-cycloalkyl; C3_6cycloalkyl-Ci_6alkyl; amino carbonyl; hetero- cyclylcarbonyl; Ci_6alkoxycarbonyl; or cyano.
In embodiments of formula I wherein Rc or Rd is hetero-Ci_6alkyl , such hetero-Ci_6alkyl may be selected from hydroxy-Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkoxy-Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkylamino-Ci_6alkyl, and N,N-di- (C i _6alkyl)-amino-C i -βalkyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, Rc is hydrogen and Rd is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopropylmethyl, phenyl, trifluoro- methyl, difluoromethyl, fluoromethyl, pentafluoro-ethyl, 1,1-difluoro-ethyl, 2,2-difluoroethyl, 1- methoxy-ethyl, 1-ethoxy-ethyl, 2-methoxy-l -methyl-ethyl, 1 -hydro xy-ethyl, isopropoxy, di- methylamino, azetidin-2-yl, l-methyl-azetidin-2-yl, 1-dimethylamino-ethyl or dimethylamino- methyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, Rc is hydrogen and Rd is Ci_6alkyl or halo-Ci_6alkyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, Rc is hydrogen and R is Ci_6alkyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, Rc is hydrogen and R is Ci_6alkoxy.
In certain embodiments of formula I, Rc is hydrogen and R is Ci_6alkylsulfonyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, Rc is hydrogen and Rd is amino.
In certain embodiments of formula I, Rc is hydrogen and Rd is N-Ci_6alkyl-amino.
In certain embodiments of formula I, Rc is hydrogen and Rd is N,N-di-Ci_6alkyl-amino.
In certain embodiments of formula I, Rc is hydrogen and Rd is halo-Ci_6alkyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, Rc is hydrogen and Rd is halo-Ci_6alkoxy. In certain embodiments of formula I, Rc is hydrogen and Rd is hetero-Ci_6alkyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, Rc is hydrogen and Rd is C3_6-cycloalkyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, Rc is hydrogen and Rd is C3_6cycloalkyl-Ci_6alkyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, Rc is hydrogen and Rd is amino carbonyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, Rc is hydrogen and Rd is heterocyclylcarbonyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, Rc is hydrogen and Rd is Ci_6alkoxycarbonyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, Rc is hydrogen and R is cyano.
In certain embodiments of formula I, Rb is hydrogen and Rd is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoro- ethyl, 1,1-difluoro-ethyl, 1-methoxy-ethyl, 1-ethoxy-ethyl, 2-methoxy-l -methyl-ethyl, 1- hydroxy-ethyl, or dimethylamino -methyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, Rc is hydrogen and Rd is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl or cyclopropylmethyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, Rc and Rd together with the atoms to which they are attached form optionally substituted phenyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, Rc and Rd together with the atoms to which they are attached form optionally substituted pyridinyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, Rc and Rd together with the atoms to which they are attached form optionally substituted pyrimidinyl.
"Optionally substituted triazolyl" as used herein includes triazolyl that optionally have a fused 6- membered aromatic or nitrogen-containing heteroaryl ring thereon. Thus, "optionally substituted triazolyl" includes benzotriazolyl, [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyridinyl, [l,2,4]triazolo[l,5-a]pyridinyl, and aza-substituted derivitives thereof. Accordingly, in certain embodiments of formula I wherein R1 is of formula A and Rc and Rd together with the atoms to which they are attached form a phenyl, pyridinyl or pyrimidinyl group, then R1 may be represented by a group of formula A4:
Figure imgf000033_0001
wherein X1 and X2 each independently is CRf or N, and Re and Rf each independently is hydrogen, Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkyloxy, or halo. In many such embodiments Rc and Rd together with the atoms to which they are attached form a pyridinyl group such that X1 and X2 are CH.
In certain embodiments of formula I wherein R1 is of formula B and Rc and Rd together with the atoms to which they are attached form a phenyl, pyridinyl or pyrimidinyl group, then R1 may be represented by a group of formula B4:
Figure imgf000033_0002
wherein X1 and X2 each independently is CRf or N, and Re and Rf each independently is hydro- gen, d-βalkyl, Ci_6alkyloxy, or halo. In many such embodiments Ra and Rb together with the atoms to which they are attached form a phenyl group such that X1 and X2 are CH.
In many embodiments of formula I, R3 is hydrogen and R4 is C^aUcyl, preferably methyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R2 is 4-methyl-phenyl, 4-chloro-phenyl or 2-fluoro-4- methyl-phenyl, and R3 is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R2 is 4-methyl-phenyl, 4-chloro-phenyl or 2-fluoro-4- methyl-phenyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is methyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R2 is 4-methyl-phenyl, 4-chloro-phenyl or 2-fluoro-4- methyl-phenyl, R3 is hydrogen, R4 is methyl, and R6 is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R2 is 4-methyl-phenyl, R3 is hydrogen, R4 is methyl, R6 is hydrogen, and R5 is:
Ci_6alkyl selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl and isopentyl; hetero-Ci_6alkyl selected from Ci_6alkyloxy- Ci_6alkyl, hydroxy- Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkylsulfanyl- Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkyl-sulfϊnyl-Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkyl-sulfonyl-Ci_6alkyl, amino-Ci_6alkyl, N-Ci_6alkyl- amino-Ci_6alkyl, N^-di-Ci-βalkylamino-Ci-ealkyl and hydroxy-Ci_6alkyloxy; C3_7Cycloalkyl selected from cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl, each optional- Iy substituted; aryl selected from optionally substituted phenyl and optionally substituted naphthyl; heteroaryl selected from pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazol- yl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, furanyl, isoxazolyl and isothiazolyl, each optionally substituted; heterocyclyl selected from piperdinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 1-oxo-thio- morpholinyl, 1,1-dioxo-thiomorpholinyl, pyranyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydro furanyl, 2-oxa-8-aza- spiro[4.5]decan-8-yl, 2-oxa-5-aza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl, and 3-oxa-8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]- octan-8-yl, each optionally substituted;
C3-7cycloalkyl-Ci_6alkyl selected from eye lopropyl-Ci_6alkyl, cyclobutyl-Ci_6alkyl, cyclopentyl- Ci_6alkyl and cyclohexyl-Ci_6alkyl, the cycloalkyl portion of each being optionally substituted; aryl-Ci_6alkyl selected from phenyl-Ci_6alkyl and naphthyl-Ci_6alkyl, the aryl portion of each being optionally substituted; heteroaryl-Ci_6alkyl selected from pyridinyl-Ci_6alkyl, pyrimidinyl-Ci_6alkyl, pyridazinyl- Ci_6alkyl, pyrazinyl-Ci_6alkyl, furanyl-Ci_6alkyl, thienyl-Ci_6alkyl, pyrro IyI-C i_6alkyl, oxazolyl- Ci_6alkyl, thiazolyl-Ci_6alkyl, imidazolyl-Ci_6alkyl, isoxazo IyI-C i_6alkyl and isothiazolyl- Ci_6alkyl, the heteroaryl portion of each being optionally substituted; heterocyclyl-Ci-βalkyl selected from piperdinyl-Ci_6alkyl, piperazinyl-Ci_6alkyl, morpholinyl- Ci_6alkyl, thiomorpholinyl-Ci_6alkyl, l-oxo-thiomorpholinyl-Ci_6alkyl, 1,1-dioxo-thiomorpho- linyl-Ci_6alkyl, pyranyl-Ci_6alkyl, pyrrolidinyl-Ci_6alkyl, tetrahydrofuranyl-Ci_6alkyl, 2-oxa-8- aza-spiro[4.5]decan-8-yl~Ci_6alkyl, 2-oxa-5-aza-bicyclo[2.2. l]heptan-5-yl~Ci_6alkyl, 3-oxa-8- aza-bicyclo[3.2. l]octan-8-yl~Ci_6alkyl, the heterocyclyl portion of each being optionally substituted; aryloxy-Ci_6alkyl selected from phenoxy-Ci_6alkyl and naphthyloxy-Ci_6alkyl, the aryl portion of each being optionally substituted; or -C(O)-R8 or -CH2-C(O)-R8 wherein R8 is as defined herein.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R2 is 4-methyl-phenyl, 4-chloro-phenyl or 2-fluoro-4- methyl-phenyl, R3 is hydrogen, R4 is methyl, R6 is hydrogen, and R5 is Ci_6alkoxy-Ci_6alkyl; hydroxy-Ci_6alkyl; morpholin-4-yl-Ci_6alkyl; pyrazinyl; or piperazin-l-yl-Ci_6alkyl wherein the piperazinyl moeity is optionally substituted at the 4-position with Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkylcarbonyl or C i _6alkylsulfonyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R2 is 4-methyl-phenyl, 4-chloro-phenyl or 2-fluoro-4- methyl-phenyl, R3 is hydrogen, R4 is methyl, R6 is hydrogen, and R5 is methoxymethyl; hydro xymethyl; morpholin-4-yl-methyl; pyrazin-2-yl; or 4-methanesulfonyl-piperazin-l-yl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is a group of formula A, R2 is 4-methyl-phenyl, 4-chloro-phenyl or 2-fluoro-4-methyl-phenyl, R3 is hydrogen, R4 is methyl, R6 is hydrogen, and R5 is Ci_6alkoxy-Ci_6alkyl; hydroxy-Ci_6alkyl; morpholin-4-yl-Ci_6alkyl; pyrazinyl; or piperazin- l-yl-Ci_6alkyl wherein the piperazinyl moeity is optionally substituted at the 4-position with Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkylcarbonyl or Ci_6alkylsulfonyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is a group of formula A, R2 is 4-methyl-phenyl, 4- chloro-phenyl or 2-fluoro-4-methyl-phenyl, R3 is hydrogen, R4 is methyl, R6 is hydrogen, and R5 is methoxymethyl; hydro xymethyl; morpholin-4-yl-methyl; pyrazin-2-yl; or 4-methanesulfonyl- piperazin-1-yl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is a group of formula B, R2 is 4-methyl-phenyl, 4- chloro-phenyl or 2-fluoro-4-methyl-phenyl, R3 is hydrogen, R4 is methyl, R6 is hydrogen, and R5 is Ci_6alkoxy-Ci_6alkyl; hydroxy-Ci_6alkyl; morpholin-4-yl-Ci_6alkyl; pyrazinyl; or piperazin-1- yl-Ci_6alkyl wherein the piperazinyl moeity is optionally substituted at the 4-position with Ci_ βalkyl, Ci_6alkylcarbonyl or Ci_6alkylsulfonyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is a group of formula B, R2 is 4-methyl-phenyl, 4- chloro-phenyl or 2-fluoro-4-methyl-phenyl, R3 is hydrogen, R4 is methyl, R6 is hydrogen, and R5 is methoxymethyl; hydro xymethyl; morpholin-4-yl-methyl; pyrazin-2-yl; or 4-methanesulfonyl- piperazin-1-yl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R2 is pyridin-2-yl substituted at the 5- position with methyl or halo, and R is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R2 is pyridin-2-yl substituted at the 5- position with methyl or halo, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is methyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R2 is pyridin-2-yl substituted at the 5- position with methyl or halo, R3 is hydrogen, R4 is methyl, and R6 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments of formula I, R2 is pyridin-2-yl substituted at the 5- position with methyl or halo, R3 is hydrogen, R4 is methyl, R6 is hydrogen, and R5 is:
Ci_6alkyl selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl and isopentyl; hetero-Ci_6alkyl selected from Ci_6alkyloxy- C^alkyl, hydroxy- d^alkyl, Ci_6alkylsulfanyl- d-βalkyl, Ci_6alkyl-sulfinyl-Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkyl-sulfonyl-Ci_6alkyl, amino-Ci_6alkyl, N-Ci_6alkyl- amino-Ci_6alkyl, N,N-di-Ci_6alkylamino-Ci_6alkyl and hydroxy-Ci_6alkyloxy; C3-7cycloalkyl selected from cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl, each optionally substituted; aryl selected from optionally substituted phenyl and optionally substituted naphthyl; heteroaryl selected from pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, ox- azolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, furanyl, isoxazolyl and isothiazolyl, each optionally substituted; heterocyclyl selected from piperdinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 1-oxo-thio- morpholinyl, 1,1-dioxo-thiomorpholinyl, pyranyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydro furanyl, 2-oxa-8-aza- spiro[4.5]decan-8-yl, 2-oxa-5-aza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl, and 3-oxa-8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]- octan-8-yl, each optionally substituted;
C3_7cycloalkyl-Ci_6alkyl selected from eye lopropyl-Ci_6alkyl, cyclobutyl-Ci_6alkyl, cyclopentyl- Ci_6alkyl and cyclohexyl-Ci-βalkyl, the cycloalkyl portion of each being optionally substituted; aryl-Ci_6alkyl selected from phenyl-Ci_6alkyl and naphthyl-Ci_6alkyl, the aryl portion of each being optionally substituted; heteroaryl-Ci_6alkyl selected from pyridinyl-Ci_6alkyl, pyrimidinyl-Ci_6alkyl, pyridazinyl-Ci_ βalkyl, pyrazinyl-Ci_6alkyl, furanyl-Ci_6alkyl, thienyl-Ci_6alkyl, pyrrolyl-Ci_6alkyl, oxazolyl-Ci_ βalkyl, thiazolyl-Ci_6alkyl, imidazolyl-Ci_6alkyl, isoxazolyl-Ci_6alkyl and isothiazo IyI-C i_6alkyl, the heteroaryl portion of each being optionally substituted; heterocyclyl-Ci-βalkyl selected from piperdinyl-Ci_6alkyl, piperazinyl-Ci_6alkyl, morpholinyl- Ci_6alkyl, thiomorpholinyl-Ci_6alkyl, l-oxo-thiomorpholinyl-Ci_6alkyl, 1,1-dioxo-thiomorpho- linyl-Ci_6alkyl, pyranyl-Ci_6alkyl, pyrrolidinyl-Ci_6alkyl, tetrahydrofuranyl-Ci_6alkyl, 2-oxa-8- aza-spiro[4.5]decan-8-yl~Ci_6alkyl, 2-oxa-5-aza-bicyclo[2.2. l]heptan-5-yl~Ci_6alkyl, 3-oxa-8- aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]octan-8-yl~Ci_6alkyl, the heterocyclyl portion of each being optionally sub- stituted; aryloxy-Ci_6alkyl selected from phenoxy-Ci_6alkyl and naphthyloxy-Ci_6alkyl, the aryl portion of each being optionally substituted; or
-C(O)-R8 or -CH2-C(O)-R8 wherein R8 is as defined herein. In certain embodiments of formula I, R2 is pyridin-2-yl substituted at the 5- position with methyl or halo, R3 is hydrogen, R4 is methyl, R6 is hydrogen, and R5 is Ci_6alkoxy-Ci_6alkyl; hydroxy- Ci_6alkyl; morpholin-4-yl-Ci_6alkyl; pyrazinyl; or piperazin-l-yl-Ci_6alkyl wherein the piper- azinyl moeity is optionally substituted at the 4-position with Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkylcarbonyl or Ci_ βalkylsulfonyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R2 is pyridin-2-yl substituted at the 5- position with methyl or halo, R3 is hydrogen, R4 is methyl, R6 is hydrogen, and R5 is methoxymethyl; hydroxymethyl; morpholin-4-yl-methyl; pyrazin-2-yl; or 4-methanesulfonyl-piperazin-l-yl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is a group of formula A, R2 is pyridin-2-yl substituted at the 5- position with methyl or halo, R3 is hydrogen, R4 is methyl, R6 is hydrogen, and R5 is
Ci_6alkoxy-Ci_6alkyl; hydroxy-Ci_6alkyl; morpholin-4-yl-Ci_6alkyl; pyrazinyl; or piperazin-1-yl- Ci_6alkyl wherein the piperazinyl moeity is optionally substituted at the 4-position with Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkylcarbonyl or Ci_6alkylsulfonyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is a group of formula A, R2 is pyridin-2-yl substituted at the 5- position with methyl or halo, R3 is hydrogen, R4 is methyl, R6 is hydrogen, and R5 is methoxymethyl; hydroxymethyl; morpholin-4-yl-methyl; pyrazin-2-yl; or 4-methanesulfonyl- piperazin-1-yl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is a group of formula B, R2 is pyridin-2-yl substituted at the 5- position with methyl or halo, R3 is hydrogen, R4 is methyl, R6 is hydrogen, and R5 is Ci_6alkoxy-Ci_6alkyl; hydroxy-Ci_6alkyl; morpholin-4-yl-Ci_6alkyl; pyrazinyl; or piperazin-1-yl- Ci_6alkyl wherein the piperazinyl moeity is optionally substituted at the 4-position with Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkylcarbonyl or Ci_6alkylsulfonyl.
In certain embodiments of formula I, R1 is a group of formula B, R2 is pyridin-2-yl substituted at the 5 -position with methyl or halo, R3 is hydrogen, R4 is methyl, R6 is hydrogen, and R5 is methoxymethyl; hydroxymethyl; morpholin-4-yl-methyl; pyrazin-2-yl; or 4-methanesulfonyl- piperazin-1-yl.
In certain embodiments of formula I the subject compounds are more specifically of formula II:
Figure imgf000038_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: X is C or N;
R11 and R12 each independently is hydrogen; Ci_6alkyl; Ci_6alkyloxy; halo; halo-Ci_6alkyl; halo- Ci_6alkoxy; hetero-Ci_6alkyl; Ci_6alkylsulfonyl; or cyano; and
R1 and R5 are as defined herein.
In certain embodiments of formula II, the compounds of the invention are of formula Ha or lib:
Figure imgf000038_0002
wherein X, R , 1 , r R> 5 , T Rj 1 1 and i T Rj 1 2 are as defined herein.
In certain embodiments of formula I the subject compounds are more specifically of formula III:
Figure imgf000038_0003
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X, R1, R5, R11 and R12 are as defined herein.
In certain embodiments of any of formulas I, Ha, lib, or III, R5 is:
Figure imgf000038_0004
wherein: n is 0, 1 or 2;
Rc and Rd each independently is hydrogen or Ci_6alkyl; Re is hydrogen, C^alkyl, acetyl or Ci_6alkyl-sulfonyl; Rf and Rg each independently is hydrogen or Ci_6alkyl;
Rh and R1 each independently is hydrogen, C^alkyl, fluoro, hydroxy or Ci_6alkyloxy; RJ and Rk each independently is hydrogen or Ci_6alkyl; and
Rm, Rn, R0, Rp, Rq and Rr, each independently is hydrogen,Ci_6alkyl, halo, Ci_6alkoxy, Ci_6alkyl- sulfonyl halo-Ci_6alkyl, or cyano.
In certain embodiments of any of formulas I, Ha, lib, or III, R5 is:
Figure imgf000039_0001
wherein Re is as defined herein.
In certain embodiments of any of formulas I, Ha, lib, or III, R5 is:
Figure imgf000039_0002
Where any of R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, Ra, Rb, Rc, Rd and Re is alkyl or contains an alkyl moiety, such alkyl is preferably lower alkyl, i.e. Ci-Cβalkyl, and more preferably Ci-C4alkyl.
The invention also provides methods for treating a disease or condition mediated by or otherwise associated with a P2X3 receptor antagonist, a P2X2/3 receptor antagonist, or both, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of the invention.
The disease may be genitorurinary disease or urinary tract disease. In other instances the disease may be a disease is associated with pain. The urinary tract disease may be: reduced bladder capacity; frequenct micturition; urge incontinence; stress incontinence; bladder hyperreactivity; benign prostatic hypertrophy; prostatitis; detrusor hyperreflexia; urinary frequency; nocturia; urinary urgency; overactive bladder; pelvic hypersensitivity; urethritis; prostatitits; pelvic pain syndrome; prostatodynia; cystitis; or idiophatic bladder hypersensitivity.
The disease associated with pain may be: inflammatory pain; surgical pain; visceral pain; dental pain; premenstrual pain; central pain; pain due to burns; migraine or cluster headaches; nerve injury; neuritis; neuralgias; poisoning; ischemic injury; interstitial cystitis; cancer pain; viral, parasitic or bacterial infection; post-traumatic injury; or pain associated with irritable bowel syndrome.
The disease may be a respiratory disorder, such as chronic obstructive pulmonary disorder (COPD), asthma, or bronchospasm, or a gastrointestinal (GI) disorder such as Irritable Bowel Syndrome (IBS), Inflammatory Bowel Disease (IBD), biliary colic and other biliary disorders, renal colic, diarrhea-dominant IBS, pain associated with GI distension.
Representative compounds in accordance with the methods of the invention are shown in Table 1.
TABLE 1
Figure imgf000040_0001
Figure imgf000041_0001
Figure imgf000042_0001
Figure imgf000043_0001
Figure imgf000044_0001
Figure imgf000045_0001
Figure imgf000046_0001
Figure imgf000047_0001
Figure imgf000048_0001
Figure imgf000049_0001
Figure imgf000050_0001
Figure imgf000051_0001
Compounds of the present invention can be made by a variety of methods depicted in the illustrative synthetic reaction schemes shown and described below.
The starting materials and reagents used in preparing these compounds generally are either available from commercial suppliers, such as Aldrich Chemical Co., or are prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art following procedures set forth in standard references. The following synthetic reaction schemes are merely illustrative of some methods by which the compounds of the present invention can be synthesized, and various modifications to these synthetic reaction schemes can be made and will be suggested to one skilled in the art having referred to the disclosure contained in this Application.
The starting materials and the intermediates of the synthetic reaction schemes can be isolated and purified if desired using conventional techniques, including but not limited to, filtration, distillation, crystallization, chromatography, and the like. Such materials can be characterized using conventional means, including physical constants and spectral data. Unless specified to the contrary, the reactions described herein preferably are conducted under an inert atmosphere at atmospheric pressure at a reaction temperature range of from about -78°C to about 1500C, more preferably from about 00C to about 125°C, and most preferably and conveniently at about room (or ambient) temperature (RT), e.g., about 200C.
Scheme A below illustrates one synthetic procedure usable to prepare specific compounds of formula I, wherein Y is an optional leaving group, two of Zi, Z2 and Z3 are optionally nitrogen and the other is carbon, and X, R3, R4, R5, R6, R11, R12, Rc and Rd are as defined herein.
Figure imgf000052_0001
SCHEME A
In step 1 of Scheme A, nitrobenzoic acid a is subject to iodination under sulfuric acid conditions to afford io do -nitrobenzoic acid b. Benzoic acid compound b is reacted with arylboronic acid compound c in the presence of tetrakis-(triphenylphosphine)palladium catalyst to afford biphenyl acid compound d. The acid group of biphenyl acid d is protected by esterification in step 3 to form biphenyl acid methyl ester e. Biphenyl ester e is then subject to reduction to form bi- phenylamine fin step 4. An iodination reaction is carried out in step 5 by treating biphenyl- amine f with methylene iodide or like iodination reagent to afford iodo compound g. In step 6 the ester group of compoung g is hydro lyzed to give acid compound h. In step 7 an amide formation is achieved by reaction of biphenyl iodo compound h with amine i in the presence of carbodiimide, to afford compound j. Compound j is then reacted with heteroaryl reagent k, to yield compound m, which is a compound of formula I in accordance with the invention. Hetero- aryl reagent k may comprise a pyrrole, imidazol, pyrazol or triazol. Y in certain embodiments may be halo, and in other embodiments may be -B(OH)2. In still other embodiments, Y may be absent.
Many variations of Scheme A are possible and will suggest themselves to those skilled in the art. For example, the methyl ester formed in step 3 may be replaced by other lower alkyl esters by use of the appropriate alcohol in step 3. In many embodiments step 8 may be carried out prior to steps 6 and 7, so that iodobiphenyl compound g is reacted with reagent k. The resulting heteoraryl- substituted compound (not shown) then undergoes ester hydrolyisis as in step 6, followed by amide formation as in step 7, to provide compound m. In still other embodiments the amide formation of step 7 may be carried out at an earlier point in the sequence of events of Scheme A.
In certain embodiments the subject compounds may be prepared by the procedure of Scheme B, wherein X, R3, R4, R5, R6, R11, R12 and Rd are as defined herein.
Figure imgf000053_0001
Figure imgf000053_0002
SCHEME B
In step 1 of Scheme B, amine compound f (from Scheme A above) is treated with sodium nitrite in the presence of acid, followed by stannous chloride, to afford hydrazine compound n. In step 2, a mixture of amide compound g and dimethyl acetamide dimethyl acetal is reacted with hydrazine compound n to yield triazolyl compound p. In step 2 the amide g and acetal compound form an imine of formula s
Figure imgf000054_0001
which may be generated in situ in many embodiments, without being isolated. The ester hydrolysis of step 3 and amide formation of step 4 are carried out as described above for steps 6 and 7 of Scheme A.
As in the case of Scheme A, many variations on the procedure of Scheme B are possible within the scope of the invention. Specific details for producing compounds of the invention are described in the Examples section below.
The compounds of the invention are usable for the treatment of a wide range of genitorurinary diseases, conditions and disorders, including urinary tract disease states associated with bladder outlet obstruction and urinary incontinence conditions such as reduced bladder capacity, frequency of micturition, urge incontinence, stress incontinence, bladder hyperreactivity, benign prostatic hypertrophy (BPH), prostatitis, detrusor hyperreflexia, urinary frequency, nocturia, urinary urgency, overactive bladder, pelvic hypersensitivity, urethritis, prostatitits, pelvic pain syndrome, prostatodynia, cystitis, and idiophatic bladder hypersensitivity, and other symptoms related to overactive bladder.
The compounds of the invention are expected to find utility as analgesics in the treatment of diseases and conditions associated with pain from a wide variety of causes, including, but not limited to, inflammatory pain such as pain associated with arthritis (including rheumatoid arthritis and osteoarthritis), surgical pain, visceral pain, dental pain, premenstrual pain, central pain, pain due to burns, migraine or cluster headaches, nerve injury, neuritis, neuralgias, poisoning, ischemic injury, interstitial cystitis, cancer pain, viral, parasitic or bacterial infection, post-traumatic injuries (including fractures and sports injuries), and pain associated with functional bowel disorders such as irritable bowel syndrome.
Further, compounds of the invention are useful for treating respiratory disorders, including chronic obstructive pulmonary disorder (COPD), asthma, bronchospasm, and the like. Additionally, compounds of the invention are useful for treating gastrointestinal disorders, including Irritable Bowel Syndrome (IBS), Inflammatory Bowel Disease (IBD), biliary colic and other biliary disorders, renal colic, diarrhea-dominant IBS, pain associated with GI distension, and the like.
The invention includes pharmaceutical compositions comprising at least one compound of the present invention, or an individual isomer, racemic or non-racemic mixture of isomers or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, together with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and optionally other therapeutic and/or prophylactic ingredients.
In general, the compounds of the invention will be administered in a therapeutically effective amount by any of the accepted modes of administration for agents that serve similar utilities. Suitable dosage ranges are typically 1-500 mg daily, preferably 1-100 mg daily, and most preferably 1-30 mg daily, depending upon numerous factors such as the severity of the disease to be treated, the age and relative health of the subject, the potency of the compound used, the route and form of administration, the indication towards which the administration is directed, and the preferences and experience of the medical practitioner involved. One of ordinary skill in the art of treating such diseases will be able, without undue experimentation and in reliance upon personal knowledge and the disclosure of this Application, to ascertain a therapeutically effective amount of the compounds of the present invention for a given disease.
Compounds of the invention may be administered as pharmaceutical formulations including those suitable for oral (including buccal and sub-lingual), rectal, nasal, topical, pulmonary, vaginal, or parenteral (including intramuscular, intraarterial, intrathecal, subcutaneous and intravenous) administration or in a form suitable for administration by inhalation or insufflation. The preferred manner of administration is generally oral using a convenient daily dosage regimen which can be adjusted according to the degree of affliction.
A compound or compounds of the invention, together with one or more conventional adjuvants, carriers, or diluents, may be placed into the form of pharmaceutical compositions and unit dosages. The pharmaceutical compositions and unit dosage forms may be comprised of conventional ingredients in conventional proportions, with or without additional active compounds or principles, and the unit dosage forms may contain any suitable effective amount of the active ingredient commensurate with the intended daily dosage range to be employed. The pharmaceutical compositions may be employed as solids, such as tablets or filled capsules, semisolids, powders, sustained release formulations, or liquids such as solutions, suspensions, emulsions, elixirs, or filled capsules for oral use; or in the form of suppositories for rectal or vaginal administration; or in the form of sterile injectable solutions for parenteral use. Formulations containing about one (1) milligram of active ingredient or, more broadly, about 0.01 to about one hundred (100) milligrams, per tablet, are accordingly suitable representative unit dosage forms.
The compounds of the invention may be formulated in a wide variety of oral administration dosage forms. The pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms may comprise a compound or compounds of the present invention or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof as the active component. The pharmaceutically acceptable carriers may be either solid or liquid. Solid form preparations include powders, tablets, pills, capsules, cachets, suppositories, and dispersible granules. A solid carrier may be one or more substances which may also act as diluents, flavouring agents, solubilizers, lubricants, suspending agents, binders, preservatives, tablet disintegrating agents, or an encapsulating material. In powders, the carrier generally is a finely divided solid which is a mixture with the finely divided active component. In tablets, the active component generally is mixed with the carrier having the necessary binding capacity in suitable proportions and compacted in the shape and size desired. The powders and tablets preferably contain from about one (1) to about seventy (70) percent of the active compound. Suitable carriers include but are not limited to magnesium carbonate, magnesium stearate, talc, sugar, lactose, pectin, dextrin, starch, gelatine, tragacanth, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethyl- cellulose, a low melting wax, cocoa butter, and the like. The term "preparation" is intended to include the formulation of the active compound with encapsulating material as carrier, providing a capsule in which the active component, with or without carriers, is surrounded by a carrier, which is in association with it. Similarly, cachets and lozenges are included. Tablets, powders, capsules, pills, cachets, and lozenges may be as solid forms suitable for oral administration.
Other forms suitable for oral administration include liquid form preparations including emulsions, syrups, elixirs, aqueous solutions, aqueous suspensions, or solid form preparations which are intended to be converted shortly before use to liquid form preparations. Emulsions may be prepared in solutions, e.g., in aqueous propylene glycol solutions or may contain emulsifying agents, e.g., such as lecithin, sorbitan monooleate, or acacia. Aqueous solutions can be prepared by dissolving the active component in water and adding suitable colorants, flavors, stabilizers, and thickening agents. Aqueous suspensions can be prepared by dispersing the finely divided active component in water with viscous material, such as natural or synthetic gums, resins, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and other well known suspending agents. Solid form preparations include solutions, suspensions, and emulsions, and may contain, in addition to the active component, colorants, flavors, stabilizers, buffers, artificial and natural sweeteners, dispersants, thickeners, solubilizing agents, and the like.
The compounds of the invention may be formulated for parenteral administration (e.g., by injection, e.g. bolus injection or continuous infusion) and may be presented in unit dose form in ampoules, pre-filled syringes, small volume infusion or in multi-dose containers with an added preservative. The compositions may take such forms as suspensions, solutions, or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, e.g. solutions in aqueous polyethylene glycol. Examples of oily or nonaqueous carriers, diluents, solvents or vehicles include propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, vegetable oils (e.g., olive oil), and injectable organic esters (e.g., ethyl oleate), and may contain formulatory agents such as preserving, wetting, emulsifying or suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents. Alternatively, the active ingredient may be in powder form, obtained by aseptic isolation of sterile solid or by lyophilization from solution for constitution before use with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile, pyrogen-free water.
The compounds of the invention may be formulated for topical administration to the epidermis as ointments, creams or lotions, or as a transdermal patch. Ointments and creams may, e.g., be formulated with an aqueous or oily base with the addition of suitable thickening and/or gelling agents. Lotions may be formulated with an aqueous or oily base and will in general also containing one or more emulsifying agents, stabilizing agents, dispersing agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, or coloring agents. Formulations suitable for topical administration in the mouth include lozenges comprising active agents in a flavored base, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth; pastilles comprising the active ingredient in an inert base such as gelatine and glycerine or sucrose and acacia; and mouthwashes comprising the active ingredient in a suitable liquid carrier.
The compounds of the invention may be formulated for administration as suppositories. A low melting wax, such as a mixture of fatty acid glycerides or cocoa butter is first melted and the active component is dispersed homogeneously, e.g., by stirring. The molten homogeneous mixture is then poured into convenient sized molds, allowed to cool, and to solidify. The compounds of the invention may be formulated for vaginal administration. Pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or sprays containing in addition to the active ingredient such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
The subject compounds may be formulated for nasal administration. The solutions or suspensions are applied directly to the nasal cavity by conventional means, e.g., with a dropper, pipette or spray. The formulations may be provided in a single or multidose form. In the latter case of a dropper or pipette, this may be achieved by the patient administering an appropriate, predetermined volume of the solution or suspension. In the case of a spray, this may be achieved e.g. by means of a metering atomizing spray pump.
The compounds of the invention may be formulated for aerosol administration, particularly to the respiratory tract and including intranasal administration. The compound will generally have a small particle size e.g. of the order of five (5) microns or less. Such a particle size may be obtained by means known in the art, e.g. by micronization. The active ingredient is provided in a pressurized pack with a suitable propellant such as a chlorofluoro carbon (CFC), e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, or dichlorotetrafluoroethane, or carbon dioxide or other suitable gas. The aerosol may conveniently also contain a surfactant such as lecithin. The dose of drug may be controlled by a metered valve. Alternatively the active ingredients may be provided in a form of a dry powder, e.g. a powder mix of the compound in a suitable powder base such as lactose, starch, starch derivatives such as hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose and polyvinylpyrrolidine (PVP). The powder carrier will form a gel in the nasal cavity. The powder composition may be presented in unit dose form e.g. in capsules or cartridges of e.g., gelatine or blister packs from which the powder may be administered by means of an inhaler.
When desired, formulations can be prepared with enteric coatings adapted for sustained or controlled release administration of the active ingredient. For example, the compounds of the pre- sent invention can be formulated in transdermal or subcutaneous drug delivery devices. These delivery systems are advantageous when sustained release of the compound is necessary and when patient compliance with a treatment regimen is crucial. Compounds in transdermal delivery systems are frequently attached to an skin-adhesive solid support. The compound of interest can also be combined with a penetration enhancer, e.g., Azone (1-dodecylazacyclo- heptan-2-one). Sustained release delivery systems are inserted subcutaneous Iy into the sub- dermal layer by surgery or injection. The subdermal implants encapsulate the compound in a lipid soluble membrane, e.g., silicone rubber, or a biodegradable polymer, e.g., polylactic acid. The pharmaceutical preparations are preferably in unit dosage forms. In such form, the preparation is subdivided into unit doses containing appropriate quantities of the active component. The unit dosage form can be a packaged preparation, the package containing discrete quantities of preparation, such as packeted tablets, capsules, and powders in vials or ampoules. Also, the unit dosage form can be a capsule, tablet, cachet, or lozenge itself, or it can be the appropriate number of any of these in packaged form.
Other suitable pharmaceutical carriers and their formulations are described in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 1995, edited by E. W. Martin, Mack Publishing Company, 19th edition, Easton, Pennsylvania. Representative pharmaceutical formulations containing a compound of the present invention are described below.
EXAMPLES
The following preparations and examples are given to enable those skilled in the art to more clearly understand and to practice the present invention. They should not be considered as limiting the scope of the invention, but merely as being illustrative and representative thereof.
Unless otherwise stated, all temperatures including melting points (i.e., MP) are in degrees
Celsius (0C). It should be appreciated that the reaction which produces the indicated and/or the desired product may not necessarily result directly from the combination of two reagents which were initially added, i.e., there may be one or more intermediates which are produced in the mixture which ultimately leads to the formation of the indicated and/or the desired product. The following abbreviations may be used in the Preparations and Examples.
Abbreviations: DBU: l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene; DCM: dichloromethane/methylene; chloride; DMF: N,N-dimethylformamide; DMAP: 4-dimethylaminopyridine; EDCI: l-ethyl-3- (3'-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide; EtOAc: ethyl acetate; EtOH: ethanol; gc: gas chromatography; HMPA: hexamethylphosphoramide; HOBt: N-Hydroxybenzotriazole; hplc: high performance liquid chromatography; mCPBA: m-chloroperbenzoic acid; MeCN: acetonitrile; NMM: N-methyl-morpholine; NMP: N-methyl pyrrolidinone; TEA: triethylamine; THF: tetrahydrofuran; LDA: lithium diisopropylamine; TLC: thin layer chromatography.
Preparation 1 : (S)-2-Methoxy-l-methyl-ethylamine
The synthetic procedure used in this preparation is outlined below in Scheme C. D-alanine
Figure imgf000060_0001
SCHEME C
Step 1 (S)-Boc-2-amino-propanol
D-Alanine (3.5g, 39.3 mmol) was added in small portions to a suspension OfLiAlH4 (2.89g, 76.26 mmol) in refluxing THF. Refluxing continued for 12 hours, then the reaction mixture was cooled to 00C, and excess reagent was quenched by careful addition of an aqueous 15% NaOH solution (3 ml) and water (9 ml). After stirring at RT for 10 minutes, a solution Of(BoC)2O (8.3 Ig, 38.13 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (40 ml) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 60 0C for 6 hours, cooled to RT, filtered through a pad of anhydrous Na2SO4, and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum. Purification of the residue by silica-gel column chromatography afforded (S)- Boc-2-amino-propanol as a white solid, yield: 63%. MS (M+H) = 176.
Step 2 (S)-Boc-2-methoxy-l-methyl-ethylamine
To a solution of (S)-Boc-2-amino-propanol (2.00 g, 11.4 mmol) was successively added Ag2O (5.89 g, 25.4 mmol) and Methyl iodide (16.00 g, 112.7 mmol) at RT. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 2 days. Solid was filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated under vacuum to afford (S)-Boc-2-methoxy-l-methyl-ethylamine as a colorless oil that was used without further purification.
Step 3 (S)-2-methoxy-l-methyl-ethylamine
(S)-Boc-2-methoxy-l-methyl-ethylamine was dissolved in MeOH (40 mL) and 3 M HCl (10 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at RT, then solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was co-evaporated with additional EtOH (20 mL) to afford (S)- 2-methoxy-l-methyl-ethylamine as light-brown oil in hydrochloride form (1.42 g, 100%). MS (M+H) = 90.
Similarly prepared was (S)-2-ethoxy-l-methyl-ethylamine. Similarly prepared from L-alanine were (R)-2-methoxy-l-methyl-ethylamine and (R)-2-ethoxy- 1 -methyl-ethylamine.
Preparation 2: (S)-l-Methyl-2-morpholin-4-yl-ethylamine
The synthetic procedure used in this preparation is outlined below in Scheme D.
Figure imgf000061_0001
Figure imgf000061_0002
SCHEME D
Step 1 Methanesulfonic acid 2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propyl ester
To a solution of (S)-Boc-2-amino-propanol (4.91g, 0.028 mol), Et3N (1.5 equiv.) in CH2Cl2 at 0 0C was added methanesulfonyl chloride (1.1-1.2 equiv). The reaction was stirred at 0 0C for 30 minutes. Water (5 ml) was added and the organic layer was separated, washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3, brine, and dried with MgSO4. Solvent was removed under vacuum to afford methanesulfonic acid 2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propyl ester as a white solid, yield: 98%. MS (M+H) = 254.
Step 2 Q -Methyl-2-morpho lin-4-yl-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
To a solution of methanesulfonic acid 2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propyl ester (23 mmol) in CH3CN (20 mL) was added morpholine (28 mmol) and K2CO3 (23 mmol) at RT. The reaction mixture was brought to 50 0C and kept at the same temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled and solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was treated with CH2Cl2 (50 mL) and H2O (50 mL). The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2. The combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by column chromatography (ethyl acetate) to afford (l-methyl-2-morpholin-4-yl-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester as viscous liquid, yield: 62%. MS (M+H) = 245.
Step 3 (S)-I -Methyl-2-morpho lin-4- yl-ethylamine
To a solution of (1 -methyl-2-morpho lin-4-yl-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (0.30 g, 1.22 mmol) in methanol (10 mL) was added 2N HCl (5 mL) at 0 0C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to RT and was stirred overnight. The solvent was removed under vacuum to give (S)-I -Methyl-2-morpho lin-4-yl-ethylamine as a light yellow solid (250 mg, 96%). MS (M+H) = 145. Similarly prepared were (S)-l-Methyl-2-thiomorpholin-4-yl-ethylamine, (S)-l-[4-(2-Amino- propyl)-piperazin- 1 -yl]-ethanone, (S)- 1 -(2-Amino-propyl)-piperidin-4-ol, (S)- 1 -(2-Amino- propyl)-piperidin-3-ol, (S)- 1 -Methyl-2-(4-methyl-piperazin- 1 -yl)-ethylamine, (S)- 1 -Methyl-2-(4- methanesulfonyl-piperazin- 1 -yl)-ethylamine, (S)-4-(2-Amino-propyl)-piperazin-2-one, 1 - Methyl-2-piperidin-l-yl-ethylamine, l-(2-Amino-propyl)-pyrrolidin-3-ol, (S)-2-(4-Methoxy- piperidin- 1 -yl)- 1 -methyl-ethylamine, (S)-2-(3 -Methoxy-piperidin- 1 -yl)- 1 -methyl-ethylamine, (S)-2-(4-Methanesulfonyl-piperidin-l-yl)-l-methyl-ethylamine, and other 2-amino-l- heterocyclyl propanes.
Preparation 3 : (S)-2-(l , 1-Dioxo- 1 lambda*6*-thiomorpholin-4-yl)- 1 -methyl-ethylamine
The synthetic procedure used in this preparation is outlined below in Scheme E.
Figure imgf000062_0001
SCHEME E
Step 1 (l-Methyl-2-oxo-2-thiomorpholin-4-yl-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester To a solution of 2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-propionic acid (3.5 g, 18.5 mmol), HOBt (22.2 mmol), NMP (22.2 mmol) and EDCI (22.2 mmol) in CH2Cl2 was added thiomorpholine (2.29 g, 22.2 mmol) at 0 0C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 0C overnight, then washed with 2% aqueous NaOH, water, brine, and dried over Na2SO4. The solvent was removed under vacuum to give (l-Methyl-2-oxo-2-thiomorpholin-4-yl-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (5.0 g) yield 98%. MS (M+H) = 275.
Step 2 [2-(l,l-Dioxo-llambda*6*-thiomorpholin-4-yl)-l-methyl-2-oxo-ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
To a solution of (l-methyl-2-oxo-2-thiomorphin-4-yl-ethyl)-carbamic acid ter-butyl ester (5.Og, 18.2 mmol) in CH2Cl2 was added m-CPBA (11.4 g, 46.25 mmol) at 00C. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight. Solids were removed by filtration and the filtrate was washed by Na2S2O3 and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed under vacuum to give [2-(l,l-Dioxo- llambda%*-thiomorpholin-4-yl)-l-methyl-2-oxo-ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (5.6 g), yield 100%. MS (M+H) = 307.
Step 3 2-Amino- 1 -(1 , 1 -dioxo- 1 lambda*6*-thiomorpholin-4-yl)-propan- 1 -one
To a solution of [2-(l,l-Dioxo-llambda%*-thiomorpholin-4-yl)-l-methyl-2-oxo-ethyl]- carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (5.6 g, 18.2 mmol) in CH2C12 (70 mL) was added trifluoro acetic acid (5 mL) at 0 0C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to RT and was stirred for 3 hours. After removal OfCH2Cl2 and excess trifluoro acetic acid under reduced pressure, 2- Amino-l-(l,l-dioxo-llambda%*-thiomorpholin-4-yl)-propan-l-one (6.0 g, yield 100%) was obtained as a white solid. MS (M+H) = 207.
Step 4 (S)-2-(l , 1 -Dioxo- 1 lambda*6*-thiomorpholin-4-yl)- 1 -methyl- ethylamine A mixture of 2-Amino-l-(l,l-dioxo-llambda!i:6!i:-thiomorpholin-4-yl)-propan-l-one (6.0 g, 18.2 mmol) and BH3 (1 M in THF, 110 mL) was heated to reflux for 48 h, then cooled to RT and quenched by MeOH. The volatile was was removed under vacuum. 2 N HCl (100 mL) was added to the residue and heated to reflux for 18 h. Solvent was removed under vacuum to give (S)-2-(l,l-Dioxo-llambda*6!i:-thiomorpholin-4-yl)-l-methyl-ethylamine (4.5 g) as white solid, yield 90%. MS (M+H) = 193.
Preparation 4: l-Pyrazin-2-yl-ethylamine
The synthetic procedure used in this preparation is outlined below in Scheme F.
Figure imgf000063_0001
SCHEME F
To a solution of l-pyrazin-2-yl-ethanone (2.0 g, 15.85 mmol) and ammonium acetate (19.337 g, 158.5 mmol) in methanol (50 mL) was added sodium cyanoborohydride (0.7 g, 11.1 mmol) in one portion. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at RT. After removal of methanol, water (20 mL) was added to the residue and the resulting solution was basified by addition of sodium hydroxide to pH =13. The aqueous solution was extracted with dicholromethane and the combined organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate. Removal of the solvent under reduced pressure afforded 14.62 g of l-pyrazin-2-yl-ethylamine, yield: 75%. MS (M+H) = 124.
Similarly prepared from the appropriate heteroaryl methyl ketones or phenyl methyl ketones were: l-pyridin-2-yl-ethylamine, l-pyridin-3-yl-ethylamine, l-pyridin-4-yl-ethylamine, l-(2- fluoro-phenyl)-ethylamine, l-(3-Fluoro-phenyl)-ethylamine, l-(4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl)- ethylamine, l-thien-3-yl-ethylamine, l-furan-2-yl-ethylamine, l-(5-methyl-furan)-2-yl- ethylamine, l-thiazol-2-yl-ethylamine, l-thien-2-yl-ethylamine, l-pyrimidin-2-yl-ethylamine, C- (6-methyl-pyridazin-3-yl)-methylamine, C-(5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl)-methylamine, and 1- pyridazin-4-yl-ethylamine.
Preparation 5: 5-Iodo-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (2-methoxy-l-methyl-ethyl)-amide
The synthetic procedure used in this preparation is outlined below in Scheme G.
Figure imgf000064_0001
SCHEME G
Step 1 3-Iodo-5-nitro-benzoic acid To a stirred solution of iodine (137.95 g , 0.5436 mmol ) in fuming sulfuric acid (250 ml) was added m-nitrobenzoic acid (64.6 g , 0.3866 mmol ) at RT. The reaction mixture was slowly heated to 85°C overs 2 hours and stirred at the same temperature for another 12 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and poured into ice, and the aqueous solution was extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phase was separated and washed with water, 2.0 M solution OfNa2S2Os and brine, and then dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure to yield 3-iodo-5-nitrobenzoic acid as slight yellow solid 111 g, yield 98%. MS (M+H) = 294.
Step 2 4'-Methyl-5-nitro-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid To a stirred solution of 3-iodo-5-nitrobenzoic acid (15.48 g, 52.83 mmol) and Pd(Ph3P)4 (1.84 g , 1.69 mmol) in 300 ml of toluene and 50 ml of ethanol was added p-tolylboronic acid (7.87 g , 58.11 mmol) and a solution OfCs2CO3 (18.89 g , 58.11 mmol) in 20 ml water at RT. The reaction was brought to reflux for 18 hours and then cooled to RT. To the solution was added 2N NaOH, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. The organic phase was separated, and the aqueous phase was adjusted to PH <4 using 12N HCl. The resulting solid preciptate was filtered and washed with toluene to afford 13.2 g of 4'-methyl-5-nitro-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid as light yellow solid (97.2 %). MS (M+H) = 258.
Step 3 4'-Methyl-5-nitro-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (2-methoxy-l-methyl-ethyl)-amide EDCI (16.17 g, 84.38 mmol) was added portion wise to a stirred solution of 4'-methyl-5-nitro- biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (15.49 g, 60.27 mmol), HOBt (11.44 g, 84.38 mmol) and 2-amino-l- methoxy-1 -propane (7 ml, 66.31 mmol) in NMP (9.29 ml, 84.38 mmol), CH2C12 (18O ml) and DMF (20 ml) at 0 0C. The mixture was allowed to warm to RT and was stirred at the same temperature for 14 hours. The reaction mixture was washed with 2N HCl, 2N NaOH, saturated aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under vaccum to give 4'-methyl-5-nitro-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (2-methoxy-l-methyl-ethyl)-amide as a yellow oil (16.5 g, 83.5 %). MS (M+H) = 329.
Step 4 5-Amino-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (2-methoxy-l-methyl-ethyl)-amide To a stirred solution of 4'-methyl-5-nitro-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (2-methoxy-l-methyl- ethyl)-amide (39 mmol) in 250 ml methanol was added SnCl2 (117 mmol) in one portion at RT. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 3 hours. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was diluted with ethyl acetate and treated with saturated NaHCO3 solution. Solids were filtered off and the filtrate was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vaccuo to give 5-amino-4'- methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (2-methoxy-l-methyl-ethyl)-amide as a yellow oil (10.5g, 90.3 %). MS (M+H) = 299.
Step 5 5-Iodo-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (2-methoxy-l-methyl-ethyl)-amide A mixture of 5-amino-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (2-methoxy-l-methyl-ethyl)-amide (5.3 g, 17. 8 mmol), iso-amyl nitrite (13.5 ml, 88.9 mmol) and diiodomethane (8 ml, 106.7 mmol) was stirred at RT for 1 hour. The mixture was then heated to 65 0C and kept for 8 hours, LC/MS indicated that reaction completed. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and the separation of iodobenzene from excess diiodomethane was effected by addition of the reaction mixture at RT to a stirred solution of piperidin-CHsCN (V/V = 90ml/90 ml). A vigorous exothermic reaction ensued. The excess volatile reagents were removed by rotary evaporation at 80 0C. The residue was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with 10% hydrochloric acid, water and brine. The organic layer was separated and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexanes = 10:1) to yield 5- iodo-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (2-methoxy-l-methyl-ethyl)-amide as a yellow solid (5.2 g, 83.8 %). MS (M+H) = 410.
Similarly prepared, using the appropriate amine compound in step 3, were:
5-Iodo-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (l-pyrazin-2-yl-ethyl)-amide, MS (M+H) = 444;
5-Iodo-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (2-hydroxy-l-methyl-ethyl)-amide, MS (M+H) = 396;
5-Iodo-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (l-methyl-2-morpholin-4-yl-ethyl)-amide, MS
(M+H) = 465;
5-Iodo-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid [2-(l , 1 -dioxo- 1 lambda* 6 *-thiomorpholin-4-yl)- 1 - methyl-ethyl]-amide, MS (M+H) = 513; and 5-Iodo-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (pyrazin-2-ylmethyl)-amide, MS (M+H) = 430.
Preparation 6: 5-Iodo-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid
The synthetic procedure used in this preparation is outlined below in Scheme H.
Figure imgf000067_0001
SCHEME H
Step 1 4'-Methyl-5-nitro-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester
To a solution of 4'-methyl-5-nitro-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (10.00 g, 0.039 mol) in methanol was added SOCl2 (5.09 g, 0.043 mol) at 0 0C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to RT and was then heated to reflux for 2 hours. The solvent was removed in vacuo to afford 4'- Methyl-5-nitro-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (9.72 g, 92%) as light yellow solid. MS (M+H) = 273.
Step 2 5-Amino-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester 4'-Methyl-5-nitro-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester was reduced using SnCl2 using the procedure of step 4 of preparation 6 to afford 5-Amino-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester, MS (M+H) = 242.
Step 3 5-Iodo-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester
5-Amino-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester was treated with methylene iodide and isoamy nitrate using the procedure of step 5 of preparation 5, to afford 5-iodo-4'-methyl- biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid, MS (M+H) = 353.
Similarly prepared was 2'-fluoro-5-iodo-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester, MS (M+H) = 371.
Preparation 7: 3-Iodo-5-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid
The synthetic procedure used in this preparation is outlined below in Scheme I.
Figure imgf000068_0001
SCHEME I
Step 1 3-Iodo-5-nitro-benzoic acid methyl ester
To a solution of 3-iodo-5-nitrobenzoic acid (20.00 g, 0.068 mol) in methanol (50 mL) was added SOCl2 (5.45 mL, 0.075 mol) at 0 0C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to RT and was then heated to breflux for 2 hours. The reaction was cooled and solvent was removed in vacuo to afford 3-Iodo-5-nitro-benzoic acid methyl ester as light yellow solid (20.67 g, 99%). MS (M+H) = 309.
Step 2 3-Nitro-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester A solution of 3-iodo-5-nitro-benzoic acid methyl ester (10 g, 0.0326 mol), bis(pinacolato)- diboron (9.1 g, 0.0358 mol), KOAc (9.5 9g, 0.098 mol) and PdCl2(dppf) (798 mg, 0.98 mmol) in DMSO (40 ml) was heated to 80 0C for 4 hours under N2 atmosphere. The mixture was cooled to RT and extracted with Et2O. The combined organic phases were washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the resulting crude 3- nitro-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester was used without purification in the next step. Step 3 3-(5-Methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-5-nitro-benzoic acid methyl ester
To a solution of 2-bromo-5-methylpyridine (1.24 g, 7 mmol), Pd(PPli3)4(226 mg, 0.2 mmol) and K3PO4(2.76 g, 13 mmol) in DME/H2O (5ml/lml) was added 3-nitro-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- [l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester (2.00 g, 6.5mmol) under N2 atmosphere. The mixture was subjected to microwave radiation at 130 0C for 0.5 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled and solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash-chromatography (CH2Cl2ZMeOH) to give 3-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-5-nitro-benzoic acid methyl ester as a white solid (700 mg, 40%).
Step 4 3-Amino-5-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester To a solution of 3-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-5-nitro-benzoic acid methyl ester (4 g, 14.7 mmol) in methanol/ethyl acetate was added SnCl2 (11.15g, 58.8 mmol) at RT. The reaction mixture was refluxed for 3 hours and then cooled. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in H2O and basified by addition OfNa2CO3 to pH=9. The mixture was extracted with CH2Cl2, and the organic phase was washed with water, brine, and dried over Na2SO4. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give 3-mmino-5-(5-methyl- pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester (3.2g, 90%) as white solid.
Step 5 3-Iodo-5-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester
5-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester was treated with methylene iodide and isoamy nitrate using the procedure of step 5 of preparation 6, to afford 3-iodo-5-(5-methyl- pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester, MS (M+H) = 353.
Step 6 3-Iodo-5-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid
A solution of LiOH hydrate (82 mg, 1.94 mmol) in H2O (7 mL) was added dropwise to a suspension of 3-iodo-5-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester (526 mg, 1.49 mmol) in THF (4 mL) at 0 0C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to RT and was stirred until the reaction solution turned into clear. Solvent was removed under vaccum and the resulting aqueous solution was acidified by 10% HCl to pH = 6-7. The resulting precipitate was collected and dried to afford 3-iodo-5-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid (470 mg, 93%). MS (M+H) = 340.
Similarly prepared, but using 2-bromo-5-chloropyridine in step 3 instead of 2-bromo-5- methylpyridine, was 3-iodo-5-(5-chloro-pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid, MS (M+H) = 360. Preparation 8: 3-Bromo-5-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-vP)-benzoic acid methyl ester
The synthetic procedure used in this preparation is outlined below in Scheme J.
Figure imgf000070_0001
SCHEME J
Step 1 3-Bromo-5-(4A5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester 3-Bromo-5-iodo-benzoic acid methyl ester (14.16 g, 41.53 mmol), bis(pinacolato)-diborane (11.60 g, 45.7 mmol), PdCl2(dppf)2 (1.02 g, 1.256 mmol) and potassium acetate (12.22 g, 124.6 mmol) were addded to 50 mL of DMSO, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 80 0C for 20 hours, then cooled to RT. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with di- ethyl ether. The combined organic extracts were dried over Mg SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 18.5 g of 3-bromo-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2- yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester, which was used directly in the next step without further purification.
Step 2 3-Bromo-5-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester A mixture of 2-bromo-5-methyl-pyridine (10.27 g, 59.68 mmol) and palladium tetrakis(tri- phenylphosphine) (1.88 g, 1.65 mmol) in 300 mL DME was stirred at 6O0C under nitrogen for 30 minutes. To this mixture was added 3-bromo-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)- benzoic acid methyl ester (18.5 g, 54.25 mmol), followed by K3PO4 23.03 g, 108.5 mmol) in 40 mL water. The mixture was refluxed for eight hours, then cooled to RT and partitioned between water and EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with water, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified via flash chromatography (5:1 EtOAc/hexanes) to give 8.5 g of 3-bromo-5-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)- benzoic acid methyl ester, MS (M+H) = 306.
Similarly prepared were: 3-Bromo-5-(2-chloro-5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester, MS (M+H) = 341;
3-Bromo-5-(2-fluoro-5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester, MS (M+H) = 325; and 3-Bromo-5-(5-chloro-pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester, MS (M+H) = 327.
Example 1: 4'-Methyl-5-[l,2,3]triazol-l-yl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (2-methoxy-l- methyl-ethyl)-amide
The synthetic procedure used in this preparation is outlined below in Scheme K.
Figure imgf000071_0001
SCHEME K
Step 1 5-Azido-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (2-methoxy-l-methyl-ethyl)-amide To a solution of 5-amino-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (2-methoxy-l-methyl-ethyl)- amide (500 mg, 1.68 mmol) in trifluoro acetic acid (10 mL) was added a solution OfNaNO2 (21.47 mmol, 1.49g) in water (10 mL)at 0 0C. The mixture was stirred at 0 0C for 10 minutes and a solution OfNaN3 (44.43 mmol, 2.89g) in water (10 mL) was added. The solution was stirred at RT for 16 hours. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give 5-azido-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3- carboxylic acid (2-methoxy-l-methyl-ethyl)-amide. (80%). MS (M+H) = 325.
Step 2 4'-Methyl-5-[ 1 ,2,3]triazol- 1 -yl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (2-methoxy- 1 -methyl- ethvD-amide A solution of 5-azido-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (2-methoxy-l-methyl-ethyl)-amide (488 mg, 1.5 mmol), ethynyltrimethylsilane (4.5 mmol, 0.64 mL) in DMF (6 mL) was heated to 110 0C for 16 hours. The mixture was cooled and filtered, and the filtrate was purified by preparative HPLC to afford 262 mg of 4'-methyl-5-[l,2,3]triazol-l-yl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (2-methoxy- 1 -methyl-ethyl)-amide as white so lid (50%) . MS (M+H) = 351.
Additional compounds prepared by the above procedure are shown in Table 1.
Example 2: 4'-Methyl-5-[l,2,3]triazol-2-yl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (2-methoxy-l- methyl-ethyl)-amide
The synthetic procedure used in this preparation is outlined below in Scheme L.
Figure imgf000072_0001
SCHEME L
Step 1 5-Hydrazino-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (2-methoxy- l-methyl-ethyl)-amide 5-Amino-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (2-methoxy- l-methyl-ethyl)-amide (596 mg, 2 mmol) was disoved in 6 mL of concentrated HCl and stirred for 15 minutes at 0 0C. To the reaction mixture was added a solution OfNaNO2 (138 mg, 2 mmol) in water (1.5 mL) dropwise at 0 0C. The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes, and then a solution Of SnCl2 (4.5 mmol, 189.6 mg) in 2 mL of concentrated HCl was added dropwise. A precipitate began to form immediately. After stirring for another 30 minutes, the resulting 5-hydrazino-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (2-methoxy-l-methyl-ethyl)-amide was isolated as a hydrochloride salt by filtration and immediately used in the next step.
Step 2 4'-Methyl-5-[l,2,3]triazol-2-yl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (2-methoxy-l-methyl-ethyl)- amide A mixture of 5-hydrazino-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (2-methoxy-l-methyl-ethyl)- amide hydrochloride salt (2 mmol), glyoxal (40% aqueous solution, 1 mL) and 50% aqueous acetic acid (2 mL) was heated to 150 0C for 60 minutes by microwave irradiation. The reaction mixture was cooled and diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous Na2CO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC to give 210 mg of 4'-methyl-5-[l,2,3]triazol-2-yl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (2-methoxy-l-methyl-ethyl)-amide as a white solid (30%). MS (M+H) = 351.
Additional compounds prepared by the above procedure are shown in Table 1.
Example 3: 5-(5-Isopropyl-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl)-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (1- pyrazin-2-yl-ethyl)-amide
The synthetic procedure used in this preparation is outlined below in Scheme M.
Figure imgf000073_0001
SCHEME M Step 1 5-(5-Isopropyl-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl)-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester The 5-hydrazino-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester used in this Example was prepared from 5-amino-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester following the procedure of step 1 of Example 6.
To a solution of 5-hydrazino-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (300 mg, 1.17 mmol) in HOAc (5 mL) was added N-dimethylaminomethylene-isobutyramide (233 mg. 1.4 mmol) in one portion. The mixture was heated to 90 0C for two hours. After removing the excess HOAc, the residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (ISCO™) to afford 5-(5- isopropyl-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl)-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester a yellow solid (293 mg, 74.6%).
Step 2 5-(5-Isopropyl-[ 1 ,2,4]triazol- 1 -yl)-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid 5-(5-Isopropyl-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl)-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester was hydro lysed with LiOH following the procedure of step 2, Example 8, to give 5-(5-Isopropyl- [ 1 ,2,4]triazol- 1 -yl)-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid.
Step 3 5-(5-Isopropyl-[ 1 ,2,4]triazol- 1 -yl)-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (1 -pyrazin-
2-yl-ethyl)-amide
5-(5-Isopropyl-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl)-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid was subject to the amide coupling reaction described in step 4 of Example 6, but replacing 2-amino-propan-l-ol with l-pyrazin-2-yl-ethylamine, to give 5-(5-isopropyl-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl)-4'-methyl-biphenyl- 3-carboxylic acid (l-pyrazin-2-yl-ethyl)-amide, MS (M+H) = 427.
Similarly prepared, but replacing 5-hydrazino-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester in step 1 with 3-hydrazino-5-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester (prepared as described in step 1 of Example 6), was 3-(5-isopropyl-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl)-5-(5-methyl-pyridin-2- yl)-N-(l-pyrazin-2-yl-ethyl)-benzamide, MS (M+H) = 428.
Example 4: 5-[5-(l-Methoxy-ethyl)-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl]-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (l-pyrazin-2-yl-ethyl)-amide
The synthetic procedure used in this preparation is outlined below in Scheme N.
Figure imgf000075_0001
SCHEME N
Step 1 5-[5-(l-Hydroxy-ethyl)-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl]-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester A mixture of 2-hydroxy-propionamide (1.0 g, 11.2 mmol) and N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal (1.06 g, 8.96 mmol) in dimethyl glycol (6 mL) was heated to 80 0C for two hours, then cooled to RT. T mixture was added to a solution of 5-hydrazino-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3- carboxylic acid methyl ester (1.2 g, 4.1 mmol) in HOAc (5 mL), and the mixture was heated to 80 0C for another two hours. The reaction mixture was cooled and volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with saturated aqueous
NaHCO3. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography to afford 5-[5-(l- hydroxy-ethyl)-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl]-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester as a white solid (410 mg, 29.76%). Step 2 5-[5-(l-Methoxy-ethyl)-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl]-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester
To a suspension mixture of 5-[5-(l-hydroxy-ethyl)-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl]-4'4methyl-biphenyl-3- carboxylic acid methylester (300 mg, 0.89 mmol) and Ag2O (454 mg, 1.96 mmol) in CH3CN (5 mL) was added MeI (1 mL). The reaction mixture was wrapped with alumina foil and stirred overnight. The solid was filtered and washed with CH3CN. The combined filtrate was condensed and the residue was purified by ISCO to afford 5-[5-(l-methoxy-ethyl)-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl]-4'- methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester as a light yellow solid (290 mg, 93.0%).
Step 3 5-[5-(l-Methoxy-ethyl)-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl]-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid 5-[5-(l-Methoxy-ethyl)-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl]-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester was hydro lysed with LiOH following the procedure of step 2, Example 8, to give 5-[5-(l- methoxy-ethyl)-[ 1 ,2,4]triazol- 1 -yl]-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid.
Step 4 5-[5-(l -Methoxy-ethyl)-[ 1 ,2,4]triazol- 1 -yl]-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid
( 1 -pyrazin-2-yl-ethyl)-amide 5-[5-(l-Methoxy-ethyl)-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl]-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid was subject to the amide coupling reaction described in step 4 of Example 6, but replacing 2-amino-propan-l-ol with l-pyrazin-2-yl-ethylamine, to give 5-[5-(l-methoxy-ethyl)-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl]-4'-methyl- biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (l-pyrazin-2-yl-ethyl)-amide , MS (M+H) = 443.
Similarly prepared, but replacing 5-hydrazino-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester in step 1 with 3-hydrazino-5-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester (prepared as described in step 1 of Example 6), was 3-[5-(l-Methoxy-ethyl)-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl]-5-(5-methyl- pyridin-2-yl)-N-(l-pyrazin-2-yl-ethyl)-benzamide, MS (M+H) = 444.
Example 5: 5-(5-Isopropyl-[l,2,3]triazol-l-yl)-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (1- pyrazin-2-yl-ethyl)-amide
The synthetic procedure used in this preparation is outlined below in Scheme O.
Figure imgf000077_0001
SCHEME O
Step 1 5-Isopropyl- 1 -(5-methoxycarbonyl-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-yl)- lH-[ 1 ,2,3]triazole-4- carboxylic acid ethyl ester The 5-azido-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester used in this step was prepared from 5-amino-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester using the procedure of step 1 of Example 4.
To a mixture of 5-azido-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (200 mg, 0.75 mmol) and ethyl isobutyrylacetate (119 mg, 0.75 mmol) in EtOH (5 mL) was added EtONa (51 mg, 0.75 mmol) and the mixture was heated to 80 0C for two hours, then cooled to RT. EtOH was removed from the reaction mixture to afford 5-isopropyl-l-(5-methoxycarbonyl-4'-methyl- biphenyl-3-yl)-lH-[l,2,3]triazole-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester as a gel which was used directly in the next step. Step 2 l-(5-Carboxy-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-yl)-5-isopropyl-lH-[l,2,3]triazole-4-carboxylic acid
The 5-isopropyl-l-(5-methoxycarbonyl-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-yl)-lH-[l,2,3]triazole-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester from step 1 was dissolved in THF (7 mL) and water (4 mL) and LiOH. H2O (184 mg, 4.38 mmol) were added as a single portion. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for three hours. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the remaining aqueous solution was acidified with concentrated HCl to pH~l. The solution was extracted with EtOAc and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford l-(5-carboxy-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-yl)-5-isopropyl-lH- [l,2,3]triazole-4-carboxylic acid light yellow solid (260 mg), which was used without further purification in the next step.
Step 3 5-(5-Isopropyl-[l,2,3]triazol-l-yl)-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid The l-(5-carboxy-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-yl)-5-isopropyl-lH-[l,2,3]triazole-4-carboxylic acid from step 2 was heated to 170 0C until no further carbon dioxide was released. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, and the resulting crude 5-(5-Isopropyl-[l,2,3]triazol-l-yl)-4'-methyl- biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid was used directly in the next step without further purification.
Step 4 5-(5-Isopropyl-[ 1 ,2,3]triazol- 1 -yl)-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (1 -pyrazin-
2-yl-ethyl)-amide
5-(5-Isopropyl-[l,2,3]triazol-l-yl)-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid was subject to the amide coupling reaction described in step 4 of Example 6, but replacing 2-amino-propan-l-ol with l-pyrazin-2-yl-ethylamine, to give 5-(5-isopropyl-[l,2,3]triazol-l-yl)-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3- carboxylic acid (l-pyrazin-2-yl-ethyl)-amide, MS (M+H) = 427.
Example 6 : 3-(5-Isopropyl- [ 1 ,2,4] triazol- l-yl)-N-(5-methyl-pyrazin-2-ylmethyl)-5-(5- methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-benzamide
The synthetic procedure used in this preparation is outlined below in Scheme P.
Figure imgf000079_0001
SCHEME P
Step 1 3-Hydrazino-5-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester 3-Amino-5-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester (1.0 g, 4 mmol) was suspended in 16 mL concentrated aqueous HCl, and the mixture was cooled to O 0C. A solution of sodium nitrite (0.30 g) in water ( 3 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 0 0C for 45 minutes. A solution Of SnCl2 hydrate (2.34 g) in 5 mL concentrated aqueous HCl was then added. The reaction mixture was stirred for one hour at RT, then filtered. The collected solide was washed with water and dried to give 1.80 g of 3-hydrazino-5-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester as a white powder.
Step 2 3-(5-Isopropyl-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl)-5-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester Isobutyramide (6.02 g, 69 mmol) and DMFDMA (9.22 mL) were added to 10 mL of DMA in a first flask, and the mixture was heated to 80 0C with stirring for one hour. In a second flask, a suspension of 3-hydrazino-5-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester (6.42 g, 23 mmol) was suspended in acetic acid and heated t 8O0C. The contents of the first flask were slowly added to the second flask, and the combined mixture was stirred at 80 0C for two hours. The reaction mixture was cooled and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NaHCOs and water, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified via flash chromatography (hexanes/EtOAc 4:- - 2:1) to give 2.06 g of 3-(5-isopropyl-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl)-5-(5-methyl- pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester as a clear oil, MS (M+H) = 337.
Step 3 3-(5-Isopropyl-[ 1 ,2,4]triazol- 1 -yl)-5-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid 3-(5-Isopropyl-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl)-5-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester (2.0 g, 6 mmol) was dissolved in 30 mL MeOH, and 2.0 mL of 3N aqueous NaOH was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 18 hours, then cooled and acidified with 10% aqueous HCl, and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield 2.45 g of 3-(5-isopropyl-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl)-5- (5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid.
Step 4 3-(5-Isopropyl-[ 1 ,2,4]triazol- 1 -yl)-N-(5-methyl-pyrazin-2-ylmethyl)-5-(5-methyl- pyridin-2-yl)-benzamide
3-(5-Isopropyl-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl)-5-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid (1.90 g, 6 mmol), C- (5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl)-methylamine (0.73 g, 6 mmol), EDCI (1.69 g, 9 mmol), HOBt (1.20 g, 9 mmol) and NMM (3.2 mL) were added to 20 mL of acetonitrile. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 18 hours under nitrogen atmosphere, then was partitioned between water and EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified via flash chromatography (IPA/DCM 1 :4)) to give 1.63 g of 3-(5-isopropyl-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl)-N-(5-methyl-pyrazin-2-ylmethyl)-5-(5- methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-benzamide, MS (M+H) = 428.
Example 7: N-CS-Methyl-pyrazin-l-ylmethylJ-S-CS-methyl-pyridin-l-ylJ-S-CS- trifluoromethyl-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl)-benzamide
The synthetic procedure used in this preparation is outlined below in Scheme Q.
Figure imgf000081_0001
SCHEME Q
Step 1 N-(5-Methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-5-(5-trifluoromethyl-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester Trifluoroacetamide (4.7Og, 40 mmol) was dissolved in 15 mL DME in a first flask, and 5.53 mL of DMF DMA was added. The mixture was stirred at RT for 30 minutes, and then solvent was removed under reduced pressure. In a second flask toluene sulfonic acid (11.85 g, 60 mmol) and 3-hydrazino-5-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester (6.08 g, 20 mmol) were dissolved in 100 mL of DMSO and heated to 70 0C. The contents of the first flask were added to the contents of the second flask, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 700C for two hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and partitioned between water and EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed wtih water, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified via column chromatography to give 1.44 g of N-(5-Methyl- pyridin-2-yl)-5-(5-trifluoromethyl-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester as a white solid, MS (M+H) = 363.
Step 2 N-(5-Methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-5-(5-trifluoromethyl-[ 1 ,2,4]triazol- 1 -yl)-benzoic acid N-(5-Methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-5-(5-trifluoromethyl-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester (1.44 g) was dissolved in a mixture of MeOH and THF (20 mL of each) together with 2 mL of 3N aqueous NaOH. The mixture was stirred 18 hours at RT, then cooled to 0 0C and acidified with 10% aqueous HCl to a pH of about 4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give 1.50 ofN-(5-Methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-5-(5-trifluoromethyl-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl)-benzoic acid as a white solid.
Step 3 N-(5-Methyl-pyrazin-2-ylmethyl)-3-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-5-(5-trifluoro methyl- [ 1 ,2,4]triazol- 1 -yl)-benzamide N-(5 -Methyl-pyrazin-2-ylmethyl)-3 -(5 -methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-5 -(5 -trifluoromethyl- [ 1 ,2,4]triazo 1- l-yl)-benzamide (670 mg, MS (M+H) = 454) was prepared fromN-(5-Methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-5- (5-trifluoromethyl-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl)-benzoic acid and C-(5-Methyl-pyrazin-2-yl)- methylamineusing the procedure of step 6 of Example 6.
Example 8: 5-(3-Isopropyl-5-methyl-[l,2,4]triazol-4-yl)-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (l-pyrazin-2-yl-ethyl)-amide
The synthetic procedure used in this preparation is outlined below in Scheme R.
Figure imgf000082_0001
SCHEME R
Step 1 5-(3-Isopropyl-5-methyl-[l,2,41triazol-4-yl)-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester
The isobutyric acid hydrazide used in this example was prepared from isobutyric acid chloride and hydrazine hydrate following the procedure of Org. Synth. Vol. 81 p. 254 (2005). Isobutyric acid hydrazide (55 mg, 5.34 mmol) and l,l-dimethoxy-ethyl)-dimethyl-amine (774 mg, 5.81 mmol) were added to 6 mL CH3CN and the mixture was heated to 5O0C and stirred for 30 minutes. 5-Amino-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (1.0 g, 4.15 mmol) was added, followed by 6 mL of acetic acid. The reaction mixture was heated to 120 0C and stirred for five hours, then cooled to RT. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified via flash chromatography to give 400 mg (30%) of 5-(3-Isopropyl-5- methyl-[l,2,4]triazol-4-yl)-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester as a white powder.
Step 2 5-(3-Isopropyl-5-methyl-[l,2,4]triazol-4-yl)-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid 5-(3-Isopropyl-5-methyl-[l,2,4]triazol-4-yl)-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid was prepared by basic hydrolysis of 5-(3-Isopropyl-5-methyl-[ 1 ,2,4]triazol-4-yl)-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3- carboxylic acid methyl ester following the procedure of step 3 of Example 4.
Step 3 5-(3-Isopropyl-5-methyl-[l,2,4]triazol-4-yl)-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (1- pyrazin-2-yl-ethyl)-amide
5-(3-Isopropyl-5-methyl-[l,2,4]triazol-4-yl)-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (l-pyrazin-2- yl-ethyl)-amide was prepared from 5-(3-isopropyl-5-methyl-[ 1 ,2,4]triazol-4-yl)-4'-methyl- biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid and l-pyrazin-2-yl-ethylamine using the procedure of step 4 of Example 6.
Example 9: Formulations
Pharmaceutical preparations for delivery by various routes are formulated as shown in the following Tables. "Active ingredient" or "Active compound" as used in the Tables means one or more of the Compounds of Formula I.
Composition for Oral Administration
Figure imgf000083_0001
The ingredients are mixed and dispensed into capsules containing about 100 mg each; one capsule would approximate a total daily dosage. Composition for Oral Administration
Figure imgf000084_0001
The ingredients are combined and granulated using a solvent such as methanol. The formulation is then dried and formed into tablets (containing about 20 mg of active compound) with an appropriate tablet machine.
Composition for Oral Administration
Figure imgf000084_0002
The ingredients are mixed to form a suspension for oral administration.
Parenteral Formulation
Figure imgf000084_0003
The active ingredient is dissolved in a portion of the water for injection. A sufficient quantity of sodium chloride is then added with stirring to make the solution isotonic. The solution is made up to weight with the remainder of the water for injection, filtered through a 0.2 micron membrane filter and packaged under sterile conditions.
Suppository Formulation
Figure imgf000085_0001
The ingredients are melted together and mixed on a steam bath, and poured into molds containing 2.5 g total weight.
Topical Formulation
Figure imgf000085_0002
All of the ingredients, except water, are combined and heated to about 600C with stirring. A sufficient quantity of water at about 600C is then added with vigorous stirring to emulsify the ingredients, and water then added q.s. about 100 g.
Nasal Spray Formulations
Several aqueous suspensions containing from about 0.025-0.5 percent active compound are prepared as nasal spray formulations. The formulations optionally contain inactive ingredients such as, e.g., micro crystalline cellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, dextrose, and the like.
Hydrochloric acid may be added to adjust pH. The nasal spray formulations may be delivered via a nasal spray metered pump typically delivering about 50-100 microliters of formulation per actuation. A typical dosing schedule is 2-4 sprays every 4-12 hours.
Example 10: P2X3/P2X2/3 FLIPR (Fluorometric Imaging Plate Reader) Assay
CHO-Kl cells were transfected with cloned rat P2X3 or human P2X2/3 receptor subunits and passaged in flasks. 18-24 hours before the FLIPR experiment, cells were released from their flasks, centrifuged, and resuspended in nutrient medium at 2.5 x 105 cells/ml. The cells were aliquoted into black- walled 96-well plates at a density of 50,000 cells/well and incubated overnight in 5% CO2 at 370C. On the day of the experiment, cells were washed in FLIPR buffer (calcium- and magnesium- free Hank's balanced salt solution, 10 mM HEPES, 2 mM CaCl2, 2.5 mM probenecid; FB). Each well received 100 μl FB and 100 μl of the fluorescent dye Fluo-3 AM [2 μM final cone.]. After a 1 hour dye loading incubation at 370C, the cells were washed 4 times with FB, and a final 75 μl/well FB was left in each well.
Test compounds (dissolved in DMSO at 10 mM and serially diluted with FB) or vehicle were added to each well (25 μl of a 4X solution) and allowed to equilibrate for 20 minutes at RT. The plates were then placed in the FLIPR and a baseline fluorescence measurement (excitation at 488 nm and emission at 510-570 nm) was obtained for 10 seconds before a 100 μl/well agonist or vehicle addition. The agonist was a 2X solution of α,β-meATP producing a final concentration of 1 μM (P2X3) or 5 μM (P2X2/3). Fluorescence was measured for an additional 2 minutes at 1 second intervals after agonist addition. A final addition of ionomycin (5 μM, final concentration) was made to each well of the FLIPR test plate to establish cell viability and maximum fluorescence of dye-bound cytosolic calcium. Peak fluorescence in response to the addition of α,β-meATP (in the absence and presence of test compounds) was measured and inhibition curves generated using nonlinear regression. PPADS, a standard P2X antagonist, was used as a positive control.
Using the above procedure, compounds of the invention exhibited activity for the P2X3 receptor. The compound 2'-fluoro-5-(5-isopropyl-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl)-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid ((S)-2-hydroxy-l-methyl-ethyl)-amide e.g., exhibited a pICso of approximately 8.77 for the P2X3 receptor, and the compound 2'-fluoro-5-(5-isopropyl-[l,2,4]triazol-l-yl)-4'-methyl- biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (l-pyrazin-2-yl-ethyl)-amide showed a pKi of approximately 7.64 for the P2X2/3 receptor, using the above assay. Example 11: In vivo Assay for Asthma and Lung Function
BALb/cJ mice are immunized with a standard immunization protocol. Briefly, mice (N=8/group) are immunized i.p. with ovalbumin (OVA; 10 μg) in alum on days 0 and 14. Mice are then challenged with aerosolized OVA (5%) on day 21 and 22. Animals receive vehicle (p.o.) or a compound of the invention (100 mg/kg p.o.) all starting on day 20.
Lung function is evaluated on day 23 using the Buxco system to measure PenH in response to an aerosol methacholine challenge. Mice are then euthanized and plasma samples collected at the end of the study.
Example 12: Volume Induced Bladder Contraction Assay
Female Sprague-Dawley rats (200-30Og) were anesthetized with urethane (1.5 g/kg, sc). The animals were tracheotomized, and a carotid artery and femoral vein were cannulated for blood pressure measurement and drug administration, respectively. A laparotomy was performed and the ureters were ligated and transected proximal to the ligation. The external urethral meatus was ligated with silk suture and the urinary bladder was cannulated via the dome for saline infusion and bladder pressure measurement.
Following a 15-30 minute stabilization period the bladder was infused with RT saline at 100 μl/min until continuous volume-induced bladder contractions (VIBCs) were observed. The infusion rate was then lowered to 3-5 μl/min for 30 minutes before the bladder was drained and allowed to rest for 30 minutes. All subsequent infusions were performed as indicated except the lower infusion rate was maintained for only 15 minutes instead of 30 minutes. Bladder filling and draining cycles were repeated until the threshold volumes (TV; the volume needed to trigger the first micturition bladder contraction) varied by less than 10% for two consecutive baselines and contraction frequency was within 2 contractions for a 10 minute period following the slower infusion rate. Once reproducible TVs and VIBCs were established the bladder was drained and the animal was dosed with drug or vehicle (0.5 ml/kg, i.v.) 3 minutes prior to the start of the next scheduled infusion.
Example 13: Formalin Pain Assay
Male Sprague Dawley rats (180-220 g) are placed in individual Plexiglas cylinders and allowed to acclimate to the testing environment for 30 min. Vehicle, drug or positive control (morphine 2 mg/kg) is administered subcutaneously at 5 ml/kg. 15 min post dosing, formalin (5% in 50 μ\) is injected into plantar surface of the right hind paw using a 26-gauge needle. Rats are immediately put back to the observation chamber. Mirrors placed around the chamber allow unhindered observation of the formalin- injected paw. The duration of nociphensive behavior of each animal is recorded by a blinded observer using an automated behavioral timer. Hindpaw licking and shaking / lifting are recorded separately in 5 min bin, for a total of 60 min. The sum of time spent licking or shaking in seconds from time 0 to 5 min is considered the early phase, whereas the late phase is taken as the sum of seconds spent licking or shaking from 15 to 40 min. A plasma sample is collected.
Example 14: Colon Pain Assay
Adult male Sprague-Dawley rats (350-425 g; Harlan, Indianapolis, IN) are housed 1-2 per cage in an animal care facility. Rats are deeply anesthetized with pentobarbital sodium (45 mg/kg) administered intraperitoneally. Electrodes are placed and secured into the external oblique musculature for electromyographic (EMG) recording. Electrode leads are tunneled subcutaneously and exteriorized at the nape of the neck for future access. After surgery, rats are housed separately and allowed to recuperate for 4-5 days prior to testing.
The descending colon and rectum are distended by pressure-controlled inflation of a 7-8 cm- long flexible latex balloon tied around a flexible tube. The balloon is lubricated, inserted into the colon via the anus, and anchored by taping the balloon catheter to the base of the tail. Colorectal distension (CRD) is achieved by opening a solenoid gate to a constant pressure air reservoir. Intracolonic pressure is controlled and continuously monitored by a pressure control device. Response is quantified as the visceromotor response (VMR), a contraction of the abdominal and hindlimb musculature. EMG activity produced by contraction of the external oblique musculature is quantified using Spike2 software (Cambridge Electronic Design). Each distension trial lasts 60 sec, and EMG activity is quantified for 20 sec before distension
(baseline), during 20 sec distension, and 20 sec after distention. The increase in total number of recorded counts during distension above baseline is defined as the response. Stable baseline responses to CRD (10, 20, 40 and 80 mmHg, 20 seconds, 4 minutes apart) are obtained in conscious, unsedated rats before any treatment.
Compounds are evaluated for effects on responses to colon distension initially in a model of acute visceral nociception and a model of colon hypersensitivity produced by intracolonic treatment with zymosan (1 mL, 25 mg/mL) instilled into the colon with a gavage needle inserted to a depth of about 6 cm. Experimental groups will consist of 8 rats each.
Acute visceral nociception: For testing effects of drug on acute visceral nociception, 1 of 3 doses of drug, vehicle or positive control (morphine, 2.5 mg/kg) are administered after baseline responses are established; responses to distension are followed over the next 60-90 minutes.
Visceral hypersensitivity: For testing effects of drug or vehicle after intraco Ionic treatment with zymosan, intracolonic treatment is given after baseline responses are established. Prior to drug testing at 4 hours, responses to distension are assessed to establish the presence of hypersensitivity. In zymosan-treated rats, administration of 1 of 3 doses of drug, vehicle or positive control (morphine, 2.5 mg/kg) are given 4 hours after zymosan treatment and responses to distension followed over the next 60-90 minutes.
Example 15: Cold allodynia in Rats with a Chronic Constriction Injury of the Sciatic Nerve
The effects of compounds of this invention on cold allodynia are determined using the chronic constriction injury (CCI) model of neuropathic pain in rats, where cold allodynia is measured in a cold-water bath with a metal-plate floor and water at a depth of 1.5-2.0 cm and a temperature of 3-4 0C (Gogas, K.R. et al, Analgesia, 1997, 3, 1-8).
Specifically, CCI, rats are anesthetized; the trifurcation of the sciatic nerve is located and 4 ligatures (4-0, or 5-0 chromic gut) are placed circumferentially around the sciatic nerve proximal to the trifurcation. The rats are then allowed to recover from the surgery. On days 4-7 after surgery, the rats are initially assessed for cold -induced allodynia by individually placing the animals in the cold-water bath and recording the total lifts of the injured paw during a 1-min period of time: The injured paw is lifted out of the water. Paw lifts associated with locomotion or body repositioning are not recorded. Rats that displayed 5 lifts per min or more on day 4-7 following surgery are considered to exhibit cold allodynia and are used in subsequent studies. In the acute studies, vehicle, reference compound or compounds of this invention are administered subcutaneously (s.c.) 30 min before testing. The effects of repeated administration of the compounds of this invention on cold allodynia are determined 14, 20 or 38 h following the last oral dose of the following regimen: oral (p.o.) administration of vehicle, reference or a compound of this invention at ~12 h intervals (BID) for 7 days. Example 16: Cancer Bone Pain in C3H/HeJ Mice
The effects of compounds of this invention on bone pain are determined between Day 7 to Day 18 following intramedullary injection of 2472 sarcoma cells into the distal femur of C3H/HeJ mice. Specifically, NCTC 2472 tumor cells (American Type Culture Collection, ATCC), previously shown to form lytic lesions in bone after intramedullary injection, are grown and maintained according to ATCC recommendations. Approximately 105 cells are injected directly into the medullary cavity of the distal femur in anesthetized C3H/HeJ mice. Beginning on about Day 7, the mice are assessed for spontaneous nocifensive behaviors (flinching & guarding), palpation- evoked nocifensive behaviors (flinching & guarding), forced ambultory guarding and limb use. The effects of compounds of this invention are determined following a single acute (s.c.) administration on Day 7 - Day 15. In addition, the effects of repeated (BID) administration of compounds of this invention from Day 7 - Day 15 are determined within 1 hour of the first dose on Days 7, 9, 11, 13 and 15.
While the present invention has been described with reference to the specific embodiments thereof, it should be understood by those skilled in the art that various changes may be made and equivalents may be substituted without departing from the true spirit and scope of the invention. In addition, many modifications may be made to adapt a particular situation, material, composition of matter, process, process step or steps, to the objective spirit and scope of the present invention. All such modifications are intended to be within the scope of the claims appended hereto.

Claims

Claims
1. A compound of the formula I:
Figure imgf000091_0001
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein: R1 is optionally substituted triazolyl; R2 is optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted pyridinyl, optionally substituted pyrimidinyl, optionally substituted pyridazinyl or optionally substituted thiophenyl; R is hydrogen; Ci_6alkyl; hetero-Ci_6alkyl; or cyano; R4 is hydrogen; Ci_6alkyl; or hetero-Ci_6alkyl; or R3 and R4 together with the atom to which they are attached may form a C3-6 carbocyclic ring; R5 is Ci_6alkyl; hetero-Ci_6alkyl; halo-Ci_6alkyl; N-Ci_6alkylamino; N,N-di-(Ci_6alkyl)-amino;
C3-7cycloalkyl; aryl; heteroaryl; heterocyclyl; C3-7cycloalkyl-Ci_6alkyl; heteroaryl-Ci_6alkyl; heterocyclyl-Ci-ealkyl; aryl-Ci_6alkyl; aryloxy-Ci_6alkyl; -(CRaRb)m-C(O)-R8' wherein m is 0 or 1; Ra and Rb each independently is hydrogen; or Ci_6alkyl; and R8 is hydrogen;
Ci_6alkyl; hetero-Ci_6alkyl; C3_7Cycloalkyl; aryl; heteroaryl; heterocyclyl; C3_7Cycloalkyl-
Ci_6alkyl; aryl-Ci_6alkyl; heteroaryl-Ci_6alkyl; heterocyclyl-Ci-βalkyl; C3_7Cycloalkyloxy; aryloxy; heteroaryloxy; heterocyclyloxy; C3-7cycloalkyloxy-Ci_6alkyl; aryloxy-Ci_6alkyl; heteroaryloxy-Ci_6alkyl; heterocyclyloxy-Ci-βalkyl; or -NR9R10, wherein R9 is hydrogen; or Ci_6alkyl; and R10 is hydrogen; Ci_6alkyl; hetero-Ci_6alkyl; C3-7cycloalkyl; aryl; heteroaryl; heterocyclyl; C3-7cycloalkyl-Ci_6alkyl; aryl-Ci_6alkyl; heteroaryl-Ci_6alkyl; or heterocyclyl-
Ci_6alkyl; or R4 and R5 together with the atom to which they are attached may form a C3_6 carbocyclic ring that is optionally substituted with hydroxy; or R4 and R5 together with the atom to which they are attached may form a C4-6 heterocyclic ring containing one or two heteroatoms each independently selected from O, N and S; or R3, R4 and R5 together with the atom to which they are attached may form a six-membered heteroaryl containing one or two nitrogen atoms, and which is optionally substituted with halo, amino or Chalky!; and R6, R7 and R8 each independently is hydrogen; Ci_6alkyl; Ci_6alkyloxy; halo; Ci-βhaloalkyl; or cyano.
2. The compound of claim 1, wherein, R2 is 4-methyl-phenyl, 2-fluoro-4-methyl-phenyl, 2- chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl, 4-chloro-2-fluoro-phenyl, 2,4-dichloro-phenyl, 2,4-difluoro-phenyl, or 2-chloro-4-methyl-phenyl.
3. The compound of claim 1, wherein, R2 is 5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl, 5-chloro-pyridin-2-yl, 5- fluoro-pyridin-2-yl, 5-methyl-3-fluoro-pyridin-2-yl, 5-methyl-3-chloro-pyridin-2-yl, 3,5- difluoro-pyridin-2-yl or 3,5-dichloro-pyridin-2-yl.
4. The compound of claim 1, wherein R6 is hydrogen.
5. The compound of claim 4, wherein R is hydrogen.
6. The compound of claim 5, wherein R4 is hydrogen or methyl.
7. The compound of claim 4, wherein R7 and R8 are hydrogen.
8. The compound of claim 1, wherein R1 is triazolyl optionally substituted once with methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopropyl- methyl, phenyl, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, fluoromethyl, pentafluoro-ethyl, 1,1-difluoro- ethyl, 2,2-difluoroethyl, 1-methoxy-ethyl, 1-ethoxy-ethyl, 2-methoxy-l -methyl-ethyl, 1 -hydro xy- ethyl, isopropoxy, l-methyl-azetidin-2-yl, 1-dimethylamino-ethyl or dimethylamino-methyl.
9. The compound of claim 8, wherein R4 and R5 together with the atom to which they are attached form a cyclopropyl group.
10. The compound of claim 1, wherein R5 is hydro xymethyl, methoxymethyl, pyrazin-2-yl, 5- methyl-pyrazin-2-yl, 6-methyl-pyridazin-3-yl, or l-methyl-6-oxo-l,6-dihydro-pyridin-3-yl.
11. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier; and a compound of claim 1.
12. A method for treating a pain condition selected from inflammatory pain, surgical pain, visceral pain, dental pain, premenstrual pain, central pain, pain due to burns, migraine or cluster headaches, nerve injury, neuritis, neuralgias, poisoning, ischemic injury, interstitial cystitis, cancer pain, viral, parasitic or bacterial infection, post-traumatic injury, or pain associated with irritable bowel syndrome, or a respiratory disorder selected from chronic obstructive pulmonary disorder (COPD), asthma, and bronchospasm, said method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of claim 1.
13. The use of a compound of formula I according to claim 1 for the preparation of a medica- ment for the treatment of an inflammatory and/or autoimmune condition.
14. The invention as hereinbefore described.
PCT/EP2008/066987 2007-12-17 2008-12-08 Triazole-substituted arylamide derivatives and their use as p2x3 and /or p2x2/3 purinergic receptor antagonists WO2009077366A1 (en)

Priority Applications (12)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
BR122018070508A BR122018070508B8 (en) 2007-12-17 2008-12-08 triazole-substituted arylamide derivatives and their use
BRPI0821266A BRPI0821266B8 (en) 2007-12-17 2008-12-08 TRIAZOL- SUBSTITUTED ARILAMIDE DERIVATIVES AND THEIR USE AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION
ES08861017.5T ES2541662T3 (en) 2007-12-17 2008-12-08 Ariamide derivatives substituted with triazole and use thereof as antagonists of purinergic receptors P2X3 and / or P2X2 / 3
KR1020107013245A KR101284510B1 (en) 2007-12-17 2008-12-08 Triazole-substituted arylamide derivatives and their use as p2x3 and /or p2x2/3 purinergic receptor antagonists
CA2707422A CA2707422C (en) 2007-12-17 2008-12-08 Triazole-substituted arylamide derivatives and their use as p2x3 and /or p2x2/3 purinergic receptor antagonists
AU2008337660A AU2008337660B2 (en) 2007-12-17 2008-12-08 Triazole-substituted arylamide derivatives and their use as P2X3 and /or P2X2/3 purinergic receptor antagonists
CN2008801209500A CN101903359B (en) 2007-12-17 2008-12-08 Triazole-substituted arylamide derivatives and their use as P2X3 and /or P2X2/3 purinergic receptor antagonists
EP20080861017 EP2225213B1 (en) 2007-12-17 2008-12-08 Triazole-substituted arylamide derivatives and their use as p2x3 and /or p2x2/3 purinergic receptor antagonists
JP2010538559A JP5318883B2 (en) 2007-12-17 2008-12-08 Triazol-substituted arylamide derivatives and their use as P2X3 and / or P2X2 / 3 purine receptor antagonists
KR1020137005619A KR101405746B1 (en) 2007-12-17 2008-12-08 Triazole-substituted arylamide derivatives and their use as p2x3 and /or p2x2/3 purinergic receptor antagonists
MX2010006230A MX2010006230A (en) 2007-12-17 2008-12-08 Triazole-substituted arylamide derivatives and their use as p2x3 and /or p2x2/3 purinergic receptor antagonists.
IL205608A IL205608A (en) 2007-12-17 2010-05-06 S-triazol-1-yl-benzamide derivatives and their use for the preparation of medicaments for treating pains

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US789007P 2007-12-17 2007-12-17
US61/007,890 2007-12-17

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2009077366A1 true WO2009077366A1 (en) 2009-06-25

Family

ID=40383852

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/EP2008/066987 WO2009077366A1 (en) 2007-12-17 2008-12-08 Triazole-substituted arylamide derivatives and their use as p2x3 and /or p2x2/3 purinergic receptor antagonists

Country Status (12)

Country Link
US (3) US7989637B2 (en)
EP (2) EP2607356B1 (en)
JP (2) JP5318883B2 (en)
KR (2) KR101284510B1 (en)
CN (1) CN101903359B (en)
AU (1) AU2008337660B2 (en)
BR (2) BR122018070508B8 (en)
CA (1) CA2707422C (en)
ES (2) ES2542245T3 (en)
IL (1) IL205608A (en)
MX (1) MX2010006230A (en)
WO (1) WO2009077366A1 (en)

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20110245271A1 (en) * 2007-12-17 2011-10-06 Roche Palo Alto Llc. Triazole-substituted arylamides as p2x3 and p2x2/3 antagonists
US8946439B2 (en) 2008-02-29 2015-02-03 Evotec Ag Amide compounds, compositions and uses thereof
US9133122B2 (en) 2008-09-18 2015-09-15 Evotec Ag Amide compounds, compositions and uses thereof
WO2017060202A1 (en) * 2015-10-06 2017-04-13 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Triazole derivatives
US10174016B2 (en) 2014-12-09 2019-01-08 Beyer Aktiengesellschaft 1,3-thiazol-2-yl substituted benzamides
US10183937B2 (en) 2014-12-09 2019-01-22 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft 1,3-thiazol-2-yl substituted benzamides
US10457663B2 (en) 2016-02-02 2019-10-29 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Pyrazol-pyridine derivatives
US10457644B2 (en) 2016-05-27 2019-10-29 Hoffman-La Roche Inc. Pyrazol compounds as EAAT3 inhibitors
US10556870B2 (en) 2016-10-14 2020-02-11 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Imidazole compounds as EAAT3 inhibitors
US10577332B2 (en) 2015-04-23 2020-03-03 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Tetrazole derivatives
WO2020079198A1 (en) * 2018-10-19 2020-04-23 Syngenta Participations Ag Pesticidally active azole-amide compounds

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009077371A1 (en) * 2007-12-17 2009-06-25 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Tetrazole-substituted arylamide derivatives and their use as p2x3 and/or p2x2/3 purinergic receptor antagonists
ES2593405T3 (en) * 2009-06-22 2016-12-09 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag New arylamides substituted by benzoxazolone
SG177308A1 (en) 2009-06-22 2012-02-28 Hoffmann La Roche Novel biphenyl and phenyl-pyridine amides
TWI679197B (en) * 2016-05-05 2019-12-11 瑞士商伊蘭科動物健康公司 Heteroaryl-1,2,4-triazole and heteroaryl-tetrazole compounds
IL301667A (en) 2020-09-30 2023-05-01 Humanwell Healthcare Group Co Ltd Benzamide compound and use thereof

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004099146A1 (en) * 2003-05-12 2004-11-18 Pfizer Products Inc. Benzamide inhibitors of the p2x7 receptor
WO2007020194A1 (en) * 2005-08-15 2007-02-22 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Piperidine and piperazine derivatives as p2x3 antagonists
WO2008000645A1 (en) * 2006-06-29 2008-01-03 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Tetrazole-substituted arylamides

Family Cites Families (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
IL109570A0 (en) 1993-05-17 1994-08-26 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co Guanidine derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions containing the same and processes for the preparation thereof
US6380187B2 (en) 1999-03-25 2002-04-30 Dingwei Tim Yu Class of thiomorpholino substituted thiazoles
EP1194421B1 (en) 1999-06-30 2005-10-12 H. Lundbeck A/S Selective npy (y5) antagonists
MY164523A (en) 2000-05-23 2017-12-29 Univ Degli Studi Cagliari Methods and compositions for treating hepatitis c virus
JP5230052B2 (en) 2000-05-26 2013-07-10 イデニクス（ケイマン）リミテツド Methods and compositions for the treatment of flaviviruses and pestiviruses
CA2409762A1 (en) 2000-06-23 2002-01-03 Donald J.P. Pinto Heteroaryl-phenyl substituted factor xa inhibitors
DE10055713A1 (en) 2000-11-10 2002-05-23 Dingwei Tim Yu New diaryl-substituted azole compounds, useful in human or veterinary medicine as broad spectrum antifungal agents effective against fluconazole-resistant strains
EP1539188B1 (en) 2001-01-22 2015-01-07 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of rna-dependent rna viral polymerase
US7176242B2 (en) 2001-11-08 2007-02-13 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. N,N′-substituted-1,3-diamino-2-hydroxypropane derivatives
US20030236439A1 (en) 2002-01-30 2003-12-25 Gregory Agoston Non-steroidal analogs of 2-methoxyestradiol
EP1515971A2 (en) 2002-06-17 2005-03-23 Merck & Co., Inc. Carbocyclic nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of rna-dependent rna viral polymerase
TW200500374A (en) 2002-06-28 2005-01-01 Idenlx Cayman Ltd 2' and 3' -nucleoside produrgs for treating flavivridae infections
EP1523556A1 (en) 2002-07-18 2005-04-20 Sri International Methods of treating conditions associated with an edg-1 receptor
CA2506129C (en) 2002-11-15 2015-02-17 Idenix (Cayman) Limited 2'-branched nucleosides and flaviviridae mutation
TWI332507B (en) 2002-11-19 2010-11-01 Hoffmann La Roche Antiviral nucleoside derivatives
US20070043512A1 (en) 2003-03-26 2007-02-22 Michael Rolph Therapeutic and prophylactic compositions and uses therefor
CN1805945A (en) 2003-04-18 2006-07-19 麦克公司 Biaryl substituted thiazoles, oxazoles and imidazoles as sodium channel blockers
WO2005020885A2 (en) 2003-05-21 2005-03-10 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for the treatment of severe acute respiratory syndrome (sars)
WO2005009418A2 (en) 2003-07-25 2005-02-03 Idenix (Cayman) Limited Purine nucleoside analogues for treating diseases caused by flaviviridae including hepatitis c
JP5084839B2 (en) 2006-11-09 2012-11-28 エフ．ホフマン−ラ ロシュ アーゲー Thiazole and oxazole substituted arylamides
JP2011502148A (en) * 2007-10-31 2011-01-20 メルク・シャープ・エンド・ドーム・コーポレイション P2X3 receptor antagonist for the treatment of pain
CA2707422C (en) * 2007-12-17 2016-06-07 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Triazole-substituted arylamide derivatives and their use as p2x3 and /or p2x2/3 purinergic receptor antagonists

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004099146A1 (en) * 2003-05-12 2004-11-18 Pfizer Products Inc. Benzamide inhibitors of the p2x7 receptor
WO2007020194A1 (en) * 2005-08-15 2007-02-22 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Piperidine and piperazine derivatives as p2x3 antagonists
WO2008000645A1 (en) * 2006-06-29 2008-01-03 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Tetrazole-substituted arylamides

Cited By (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8440708B2 (en) * 2007-12-17 2013-05-14 Roche Palo Alto Llc Triazole-substituted arylamides as P2X3 and P2X2/3 antagonists
US20110245271A1 (en) * 2007-12-17 2011-10-06 Roche Palo Alto Llc. Triazole-substituted arylamides as p2x3 and p2x2/3 antagonists
US8946439B2 (en) 2008-02-29 2015-02-03 Evotec Ag Amide compounds, compositions and uses thereof
US9133122B2 (en) 2008-09-18 2015-09-15 Evotec Ag Amide compounds, compositions and uses thereof
US10472354B2 (en) 2014-12-09 2019-11-12 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft 1,3-thiazol-2-yl substituted benzamides
US10174016B2 (en) 2014-12-09 2019-01-08 Beyer Aktiengesellschaft 1,3-thiazol-2-yl substituted benzamides
US10183937B2 (en) 2014-12-09 2019-01-22 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft 1,3-thiazol-2-yl substituted benzamides
US10202369B2 (en) 2014-12-09 2019-02-12 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft 1,3-thiazol-2-yl substituted benzamides
US11142523B2 (en) 2014-12-09 2021-10-12 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft 1,3-thiazol-2-yl substituted benzamides
EP3587417A1 (en) 2014-12-09 2020-01-01 Bayer AG 1,3-thiazol-2-yl substituted benzamides
US10577332B2 (en) 2015-04-23 2020-03-03 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Tetrazole derivatives
WO2017060202A1 (en) * 2015-10-06 2017-04-13 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Triazole derivatives
US10273217B2 (en) 2015-10-06 2019-04-30 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Triazole derivatives
US10457663B2 (en) 2016-02-02 2019-10-29 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Pyrazol-pyridine derivatives
US10457644B2 (en) 2016-05-27 2019-10-29 Hoffman-La Roche Inc. Pyrazol compounds as EAAT3 inhibitors
US10556870B2 (en) 2016-10-14 2020-02-11 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Imidazole compounds as EAAT3 inhibitors
WO2020079198A1 (en) * 2018-10-19 2020-04-23 Syngenta Participations Ag Pesticidally active azole-amide compounds

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CA2707422C (en) 2016-06-07
KR20130042002A (en) 2013-04-25
KR101284510B1 (en) 2013-07-23
US20110245271A1 (en) 2011-10-06
EP2607356B1 (en) 2015-04-29
KR20100083196A (en) 2010-07-21
EP2225213A1 (en) 2010-09-08
AU2008337660A1 (en) 2009-06-25
CN101903359B (en) 2013-05-22
EP2225213B1 (en) 2015-04-29
EP2607356A1 (en) 2013-06-26
CN101903359A (en) 2010-12-01
BR122018070508B8 (en) 2021-07-27
IL205608A (en) 2016-03-31
US7989637B2 (en) 2011-08-02
BRPI0821266B1 (en) 2019-01-29
ES2541662T3 (en) 2015-07-23
US20090170874A1 (en) 2009-07-02
KR101405746B1 (en) 2014-06-10
MX2010006230A (en) 2010-06-23
JP5697722B2 (en) 2015-04-08
US20150065521A1 (en) 2015-03-05
US8440708B2 (en) 2013-05-14
JP2013231062A (en) 2013-11-14
BRPI0821266A2 (en) 2015-06-16
ES2542245T3 (en) 2015-08-03
JP5318883B2 (en) 2013-10-16
BRPI0821266B8 (en) 2023-02-07
IL205608A0 (en) 2010-11-30
JP2011506521A (en) 2011-03-03
CA2707422A1 (en) 2009-06-25
AU2008337660B2 (en) 2014-02-06
BR122018070508B1 (en) 2019-04-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU2008337660B2 (en) Triazole-substituted arylamide derivatives and their use as P2X3 and /or P2X2/3 purinergic receptor antagonists
EP2234981B1 (en) Novel imidazole-substituted arylamides
EP2234976B1 (en) Novel pyrazole-substituted arylamides
WO2008000645A1 (en) Tetrazole-substituted arylamides
WO2008055840A1 (en) Thiazole and oxazole-substituted arylamides
US9173861B2 (en) Thiadiazole-substituted arylamides as P2X3 and P2X2/3 antagonists
WO2010149578A2 (en) Novel biphenyl and phenyl-pyridine amides
AU2008337665B2 (en) Tetrazole-substituted arylamide derivatives and their use as P2x3 and/or P2x2/3 purinergic receptor antagonists
AU2013273626B2 (en) Triazole-substituted arylamide derivatives and their use as P2X3 and /or P2X2/3 purinergic receptor antagonists
AU2013270522B2 (en) Tetrazole-substituted arylamide derivatives and their use as P2X3 and/or P2X2/3 purinergic receptor antagonists

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200880120950.0

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 08861017

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2008337660

Country of ref document: AU

Ref document number: 205608

Country of ref document: IL

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2008861017

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2707422

Country of ref document: CA

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2008337660

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20081208

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: MX/A/2010/006230

Country of ref document: MX

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 3618/CHENP/2010

Country of ref document: IN

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20107013245

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2010538559

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: PI0821266

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20100615

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 244241

Country of ref document: IL